- Grid List
Filter
PVC Degradation and St...
$315.00
{"id":4534954426461,"title":"PVC Degradation and Stabilization","handle":"pvc-degradation-and-stabilization","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: George Wypych\u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-927885-61-1\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublication date: \u003c\/span\u003e January 2020\u003cbr\u003eFourth Edition\u003cbr\u003ePages: 510 + x\u003cbr\u003eFigures: 320\u003cbr\u003eTables: 67\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFourth Edition of PVC Degradation and Stabilization is a wholly updated monographic source based on the most recent papers and patent literature. PVC stabilization, the most critical aspect of formulation and performance of this polymer, is discussed in detail. This book contains all information required to design successful stabilization formula for any product made out of PVC.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOnly four books have ever been published on PVC degradation and stabilization, and two of them are by this author. The book is the only current source of information on the subject of PVC degradation and stabilization.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSeparate chapters review information on chemical structure, PVC manufacturing technology, morphology, degradation by thermal energy, UV, gamma, other forms of radiation, mechanodegradation, and chemical degradation. The chapter on analytical methods used in studying degradative and stabilization processes helps in establishing a system of checking results of stabilization with different stabilizing systems. Stabilization and stabilizers are discussed in full detail in the most important chapter of this book. The final chapter contains information on the effects of PVC and its additives on health, safety, and environment. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book contains an analysis of all essential papers and patents published until recently on the above subject. It either locates the answers to relevant questions and offers solutions or gives references in which such answers can be found. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMany new topics included in this edition are of particular interest today. These comprise new developments in PVC production yielding range of new grades, new stabilization methods and mechanisms (e.g. synergistic mixtures containing hydrotalcites and their synthetic equivalents, beta-diketones, functionalized fillers, Shiff bases), new approaches to plasticization, methods of waste reprocessing (life cycle assessment, reformulation, biodegradable materials, and energy recovery), accelerated degradation due to electric breakdown, and many more.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePVC Degradation and Stabilization is must have for chemists, engineers, scientists, university teachers and students, designers, material scientists, environmental chemists, and lawyers who work with polyvinyl chloride and its additives or have any interest in these products. This book is the one authoritative source on the subject.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 Chemical Structure of PVC \u003cbr\u003e2 PVC Manufacture Technology \u003cbr\u003e3 PVC Morphology\u003cbr\u003e4 Thermal Degradation\u003cbr\u003e5 UV Degradation\u003cbr\u003e6 Degradation by γ-Radiation\u003cbr\u003e7 Degradation by Other Forms of Radiation\u003cbr\u003e8 Mechanodegradation \u003cbr\u003e9 Chemical Degradation\u003cbr\u003e10 Analytical Methods\u003cbr\u003e11 PVC Stabilization \u003cbr\u003e12 Health and safety and environmental impact\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","published_at":"2020-02-07T16:12:33-05:00","created_at":"2020-02-06T12:17:36-05:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2020","book","PVC","PVC UV degradation"],"price":31500,"price_min":31500,"price_max":31500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":31943870808157,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PVC Degradation and Stabilization","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":31500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":-2,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-927885-61-1","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/9781927885611-Case.png?v=1581110423"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/9781927885611-Case.png?v=1581110423","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":6968063197277,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.66,"height":450,"width":297,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/9781927885611-Case.png?v=1581110423"},"aspect_ratio":0.66,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/9781927885611-Case.png?v=1581110423","width":297}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: George Wypych\u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-927885-61-1\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublication date: \u003c\/span\u003e January 2020\u003cbr\u003eFourth Edition\u003cbr\u003ePages: 510 + x\u003cbr\u003eFigures: 320\u003cbr\u003eTables: 67\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFourth Edition of PVC Degradation and Stabilization is a wholly updated monographic source based on the most recent papers and patent literature. PVC stabilization, the most critical aspect of formulation and performance of this polymer, is discussed in detail. This book contains all information required to design successful stabilization formula for any product made out of PVC.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOnly four books have ever been published on PVC degradation and stabilization, and two of them are by this author. The book is the only current source of information on the subject of PVC degradation and stabilization.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSeparate chapters review information on chemical structure, PVC manufacturing technology, morphology, degradation by thermal energy, UV, gamma, other forms of radiation, mechanodegradation, and chemical degradation. The chapter on analytical methods used in studying degradative and stabilization processes helps in establishing a system of checking results of stabilization with different stabilizing systems. Stabilization and stabilizers are discussed in full detail in the most important chapter of this book. The final chapter contains information on the effects of PVC and its additives on health, safety, and environment. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book contains an analysis of all essential papers and patents published until recently on the above subject. It either locates the answers to relevant questions and offers solutions or gives references in which such answers can be found. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMany new topics included in this edition are of particular interest today. These comprise new developments in PVC production yielding range of new grades, new stabilization methods and mechanisms (e.g. synergistic mixtures containing hydrotalcites and their synthetic equivalents, beta-diketones, functionalized fillers, Shiff bases), new approaches to plasticization, methods of waste reprocessing (life cycle assessment, reformulation, biodegradable materials, and energy recovery), accelerated degradation due to electric breakdown, and many more.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePVC Degradation and Stabilization is must have for chemists, engineers, scientists, university teachers and students, designers, material scientists, environmental chemists, and lawyers who work with polyvinyl chloride and its additives or have any interest in these products. This book is the one authoritative source on the subject.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 Chemical Structure of PVC \u003cbr\u003e2 PVC Manufacture Technology \u003cbr\u003e3 PVC Morphology\u003cbr\u003e4 Thermal Degradation\u003cbr\u003e5 UV Degradation\u003cbr\u003e6 Degradation by γ-Radiation\u003cbr\u003e7 Degradation by Other Forms of Radiation\u003cbr\u003e8 Mechanodegradation \u003cbr\u003e9 Chemical Degradation\u003cbr\u003e10 Analytical Methods\u003cbr\u003e11 PVC Stabilization \u003cbr\u003e12 Health and safety and environmental impact\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e"}
PVC Degradation and St...
$285.00
{"id":11242220292,"title":"PVC Degradation and Stabilization, 3rd Edition","handle":"978-1-895198-85-0","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: George Wypych \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-895198-85-0 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2015\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePages: 488\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eFigures: 283\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eTables: 67\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nPVC stabilization, the most important aspect of formulation and performance of this polymer, is discussed in details. This book contains all information required to design successful stabilization formula for any product made out of PVC.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOnly four books have ever been published on PVC degradation and stabilization, and two of them are by this author. The book is the only current source of information on the subject of PVC degradation and stabilization.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSeparate chapters review information on chemical structure, PVC manufacturing technology, morphology, degradation by thermal energy, UV, gamma, other forms of radiation, mechanodegradation, and chemical degradation. The chapter on analytical methods used in studying of degradative and stabilization processes helps in establishing a system of checking results of stabilization with different stabilizing systems. Stabilization and stabilizers are discussed in full detail in the most important chapter of this book. The final chapter contains information on the effects of PVC and its additives on health, safety, and environment. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book contains the analysis of all essential papers and patents published until recently on the above subject. It either locates the answers to relevant questions and offers solutions or gives references in which such answers can be found. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMany new topics included in this edition are of particular interest today. These comprise new developments in PVC production yielding range of new grades, new stabilization methods and mechanisms (e.g. synergistic mixtures containing hydrotalcites and their synthetic equivalents, beta-diketones, functionalized fillers, Shiff bases), new approaches to plasticization, methods of waste reprocessing (life cycle assessment, reformulation, biodegradable materials, and energy recovery), accelerated degradation due to electric breakdown, and many more.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePVC Degradation and Stabilization is must have for chemists, engineers, scientists, university teachers and students, designers, material scientists, environmental chemists, and lawyers who work with polyvinyl chloride and its additives or have any interest in these products. This book is the one authoritative source on the subject.\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 Chemical Structure of PVC \u003cbr\u003e2 PVC Manufacture Technology \u003cbr\u003e3 PVC Morphology\u003cbr\u003e4 Thermal Degradation\u003cbr\u003e5 UV Degradation\u003cbr\u003e6 Degradation by ?-Radiation\u003cbr\u003e7 Degradation by Other Forms of Radiation\u003cbr\u003e8 Mechanodegradation \u003cbr\u003e9 Chemical Degradation\u003cbr\u003e10 Analytical Methods\u003cbr\u003e11 PVC Stabilization \u003cbr\u003e12 Health and safety and environmental impact\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nGeorge Wypych has a Ph. D. in chemical engineering. His professional expertise includes both university teaching (full professor) and research \u0026amp; development. He has published 14 books: PVC Plastisols, (University Press); Polyvinylchloride Degradation, (Elsevier); Polyvinylchloride Stabilization, (Elsevier); Polymer Modified Textile Materials, (Wiley \u0026amp; Sons); Handbook of Material Weathering, 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Handbook of Fillers, 1st and 2nd Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Recycling of PVC, (ChemTec Publishing); Weathering of Plastics. Testing to Mirror Real Life Performance, (Plastics Design Library), Handbook of Solvents, Handbook of Plasticizers, Handbook of Antistatics, Handbook of Antiblocking, Release, and Slip Additives, PVC Degradation \u0026amp; Stabilization, The PVC Formulary (all by ChemTec Publishing), 47 scientific papers, and he has obtained 16 patents. He specializes in polymer additives, polymer processing and formulation, material durability and the development of sealants and coatings. He is included in the Dictionary of International Biography, Who's Who in Plastics and Polymers, Who's Who in Engineering, and was selected International Man of the Year 1996-1997 in recognition for his services to education.","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:42-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:42-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2015","book","chemical structure of PVC","health and safety","morphology","p-chemistry","polymer","PVC UV degradation","PVC additives","PVC chemical degradation","PVC compounding","PVC formulation","PVC mechanodegradation","PVC stabilization","PVC thermal degradation","stability of PVC"],"price":28500,"price_min":28500,"price_max":28500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378371716,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PVC Degradation and Stabilization, 3rd Edition","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":28500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-895198-85-0","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-895198-85-0.jpg?v=1499887309"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-895198-85-0.jpg?v=1499887309","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358727221341,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-895198-85-0.jpg?v=1499887309"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-895198-85-0.jpg?v=1499887309","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: George Wypych \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-895198-85-0 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2015\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePages: 488\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eFigures: 283\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eTables: 67\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nPVC stabilization, the most important aspect of formulation and performance of this polymer, is discussed in details. This book contains all information required to design successful stabilization formula for any product made out of PVC.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOnly four books have ever been published on PVC degradation and stabilization, and two of them are by this author. The book is the only current source of information on the subject of PVC degradation and stabilization.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSeparate chapters review information on chemical structure, PVC manufacturing technology, morphology, degradation by thermal energy, UV, gamma, other forms of radiation, mechanodegradation, and chemical degradation. The chapter on analytical methods used in studying of degradative and stabilization processes helps in establishing a system of checking results of stabilization with different stabilizing systems. Stabilization and stabilizers are discussed in full detail in the most important chapter of this book. The final chapter contains information on the effects of PVC and its additives on health, safety, and environment. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book contains the analysis of all essential papers and patents published until recently on the above subject. It either locates the answers to relevant questions and offers solutions or gives references in which such answers can be found. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMany new topics included in this edition are of particular interest today. These comprise new developments in PVC production yielding range of new grades, new stabilization methods and mechanisms (e.g. synergistic mixtures containing hydrotalcites and their synthetic equivalents, beta-diketones, functionalized fillers, Shiff bases), new approaches to plasticization, methods of waste reprocessing (life cycle assessment, reformulation, biodegradable materials, and energy recovery), accelerated degradation due to electric breakdown, and many more.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePVC Degradation and Stabilization is must have for chemists, engineers, scientists, university teachers and students, designers, material scientists, environmental chemists, and lawyers who work with polyvinyl chloride and its additives or have any interest in these products. This book is the one authoritative source on the subject.\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 Chemical Structure of PVC \u003cbr\u003e2 PVC Manufacture Technology \u003cbr\u003e3 PVC Morphology\u003cbr\u003e4 Thermal Degradation\u003cbr\u003e5 UV Degradation\u003cbr\u003e6 Degradation by ?-Radiation\u003cbr\u003e7 Degradation by Other Forms of Radiation\u003cbr\u003e8 Mechanodegradation \u003cbr\u003e9 Chemical Degradation\u003cbr\u003e10 Analytical Methods\u003cbr\u003e11 PVC Stabilization \u003cbr\u003e12 Health and safety and environmental impact\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nGeorge Wypych has a Ph. D. in chemical engineering. His professional expertise includes both university teaching (full professor) and research \u0026amp; development. He has published 14 books: PVC Plastisols, (University Press); Polyvinylchloride Degradation, (Elsevier); Polyvinylchloride Stabilization, (Elsevier); Polymer Modified Textile Materials, (Wiley \u0026amp; Sons); Handbook of Material Weathering, 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Handbook of Fillers, 1st and 2nd Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Recycling of PVC, (ChemTec Publishing); Weathering of Plastics. Testing to Mirror Real Life Performance, (Plastics Design Library), Handbook of Solvents, Handbook of Plasticizers, Handbook of Antistatics, Handbook of Antiblocking, Release, and Slip Additives, PVC Degradation \u0026amp; Stabilization, The PVC Formulary (all by ChemTec Publishing), 47 scientific papers, and he has obtained 16 patents. He specializes in polymer additives, polymer processing and formulation, material durability and the development of sealants and coatings. He is included in the Dictionary of International Biography, Who's Who in Plastics and Polymers, Who's Who in Engineering, and was selected International Man of the Year 1996-1997 in recognition for his services to education."}
PVC Formulary
$275.00
{"id":11242220676,"title":"PVC Formulary","handle":"978-1-895198-40-9","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: George Wypych \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-895198-40-9 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFirst edition\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2015\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003ePages: 324\u003cbr\u003eFigures: 125\u003cbr\u003eTables: 401\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThe book has four chapters, each containing invaluable information for PVC manufacturers, processors, and users. In the first chapter, polymer properties determining its proper selection are discussed. All essential information required for the decision-making process is presented in a clear form in order to provide the reader with the necessary data.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe second chapter contains information aiding in the selection of any required additives. Twenty- three groups of additives are used in PVC processing to improve its properties and obtain the set of product characteristics required by the end-user. Similar to the previous chapter, the information is concise but contains much-needed data to aid the reader.\u003cbr\u003eThe third chapter contains 500 formulations of products belonging to 23 categories derived from characteristic methods of production. Formulations come from recent patents, publications in journals, and from suggestions of raw material suppliers. A broad selection of formulations is used in each category to determine the essential components of formulations used in a particular method of processing, the most important parameters of successful products, troubleshooting information, and suggestions of further sources of information on the method of processing. This part results from a review of thousands of patents, over two thousand of research papers, and information available from manufacturers of polymers and additives.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe final chapter contains data on PVC and its products. The data are assigned to one of the following sections: general data and nomenclature, chemical composition and properties, physical properties, mechanical properties, health and safety, environmental information, use and application information. The data are based on information contained in over 1200 research papers and present the most comprehensive set of data on PVC ever assembled.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe concept of this and a companion book (\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/chemtec.org\/proddetail.php?prod=978-1-895198-39-3\"\u003ePVC Degradation \u0026amp; Stabilization\u003c\/a\u003e) is to provide the reader with complete information and data required to formulate successful and durable products or to evaluate his formulations on the background of formulations used by others. For scientists and students, these two books give a complete set of the most up-to-date information, state-of-the-art, and data required for the development of new ideas and learning from a comprehensive review contributed by the author of 5 books on PVC written in the last 25 years.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRegulatory agencies, consumer groups, and law enforcement agencies will also find this book invaluable because it contains a realistic composition of products produced today, based on broad research of information which no other available source offers. \u003cbr\u003eThere were many good books published on PVC in the past which are still in use today. Their main drawback is that they contain information which frequently does not apply to today’s products and thus creates confusion which is avoided with these two books: \u003ca href=\"http:\/\/chemtec.org\/proddetail.php?prod=978-1-895198-39-3\"\u003ePVC Degradation \u0026amp; Stabilization\u003c\/a\u003e and The PVC Formulary, which were written with the goal to give the most current information to those who need it today.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e1 PVC Properties\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1.1 Commercial types and grades \u003cbr\u003e1.1.1 General purpose resins \u003cbr\u003e1.1.1.1 Suspension \u003cbr\u003e1.1.1.2 Mass \u003cbr\u003e1.1.2 Dispersion resins (emulsion, microsuspension) \u003cbr\u003e1.1.3 Specialty resins \u003cbr\u003e1.1.3.1 Powder process resins \u003cbr\u003e1.1.3.2 Ultrahigh molecular weight resins \u003cbr\u003e1.1.3.3 Absorptive resins \u003cbr\u003e1.1.3.4 Deglossing resins \u003cbr\u003e1.1.3.4 Extender resins \u003cbr\u003e1.1.4 Copolymers \u003cbr\u003e1.1.4.1 VC\/VAc copolymers \u003cbr\u003e1.1.4.2 Grafted copolymers \u003cbr\u003e1.2 Forms ready for processing \u003cbr\u003e1.2.1 Powder \u003cbr\u003e1.2.2 Dryblend and pellets \u003cbr\u003e1.2.3 Paste and solution \u003cbr\u003e1.2.4 Latex \u003cbr\u003e1.3 Physical-chemical properties of pure and compounded PVC \u003cbr\u003e1.3.1 Molecular weight and its distribution \u003cbr\u003e1.3.2 Particle size and shape \u003cbr\u003e1.3.3 Porosity \u003cbr\u003e1.3.4 Purity \u003cbr\u003e1.3.5 Density \u003cbr\u003e1.3.6 Crystalline structure, crystallinity, morphology \u003cbr\u003e1.3.7 Thermal properties \u003cbr\u003e1.3.8 Electrical properties \u003cbr\u003e1.3.9 Optical and spectral properties \u003cbr\u003e1.3.10 Shrinkage \u003cbr\u003e1.3.11 Chemical resistance \u003cbr\u003e1.3.12 Environmental stress cracking \u003cbr\u003e1.3.13 Mechanical properties \u003cbr\u003e1.3.14 Other properties of PVC \u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 PVC Additives\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e2.1 Plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e2.2 Fillers \u003cbr\u003e2.3 Pigments and dyes \u003cbr\u003e2.4 Thermal stabilizers \u003cbr\u003e2.5 UV stabilizers \u003cbr\u003e2.6 Impact modifiers \u003cbr\u003e2.7 Antiblocking agents \u003cbr\u003e2.8 Release agents \u003cbr\u003e2.9 Slip agents \u003cbr\u003e2.10 Antistatics \u003cbr\u003e2.11 Flame retardants \u003cbr\u003e2.12 Smoke suppressants \u003cbr\u003e2.13 Lubricants \u003cbr\u003e2.14 Process aids \u003cbr\u003e2.15 Vicat\/HDT modifiers \u003cbr\u003e2.16 Foaming agents and promoters \u003cbr\u003e2.17 Antifog agents \u003cbr\u003e2.18 Crosslinking agents \u003cbr\u003e2.19 Adhesion promoters \u003cbr\u003e2.20 Brighteners \u003cbr\u003e2.21 Biocides and fungicides \u003cbr\u003e2.22 Magnetic additives \u003cbr\u003e2.23 Flexibilizers \u003cbr\u003e2.24 Nucleating agents \u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 The PVC Formulations\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e3.1 Blow molding \u003cbr\u003e3.1.1 Bottles and containers \u003cbr\u003e3.1.2 Other products \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e3.2 Calendering \u003cbr\u003e3.2.2 Floor coverings \u003cbr\u003e3.2.3 Pool liner \u003cbr\u003e3.2.4 Roofing membrane \u003cbr\u003e3.2.5 Sheet \u003cbr\u003e3.2.6 Sponged leather \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e3.3 Composites \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks 8\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Dip coating \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e3.5 Extrusion \u003cbr\u003e3.5.1 General section \u003cbr\u003e3.5.2 Blinds \u003cbr\u003e3.5.3 Clear compound \u003cbr\u003e3.5.4 Gaskets \u003cbr\u003e3.5.5 Fencing \u003cbr\u003e3.5.6 Interior profiles \u003cbr\u003e3.5.7 Pipes \u003cbr\u003e3.5.8 Planks \u003cbr\u003e3.5.9 Rigid articles \u003cbr\u003e3.5.10 Sheet \u003cbr\u003e3.5.11 Siding \u003cbr\u003e3.5.12 Tubing \u003cbr\u003e3.5.13 Water stop seal \u003cbr\u003e3.5.14 Window and door profile \u003cbr\u003e3.5.15 Other products \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e3.6 Fiber and thread coating \u003cbr\u003e3.7 Film production \u003cbr\u003e3.7.1 Film \u003cbr\u003e3.7.2 Food wrap \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e3.8 Foaming and foam extrusion \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e3.9 Gel \u0026amp; sealant formulations \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e3.10 Injection molding \u003cbr\u003e3.10.1 General \u003cbr\u003e3.10.2 Fittings \u003cbr\u003e3.10.3 Toys \u003cbr\u003e3.10.4 Other products \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e3.11 Joining and assembly \u003cbr\u003e3.12 Lamination \u003cbr\u003e3.13 Metallization \u003cbr\u003e3.14 Powder coating \u003cbr\u003e3.15 Printing \u003cbr\u003e3.16 Rotational molding \u003cbr\u003e3.17 Sintering \u003cbr\u003e3.18 Slush molding \u003cbr\u003e3.19 Solvent casting \u003cbr\u003e3.20 Spraying \u003cbr\u003e3.21 Thermoforming \u003cbr\u003e3.22 Web coating \u003cbr\u003e3.22.1 General \u003cbr\u003e3.22.2 Coated fabrics \u003cbr\u003e3.22.3 Conveyor belts \u003cbr\u003e3.22.4 Flooring \u003cbr\u003e3.22.5 Swimming pool liners \u003cbr\u003e3.22.6 Tarpaulin \u003cbr\u003e3.22.7 Upholstery \u003cbr\u003e3.22.8 Wallcovering \u003cbr\u003e3.22.9 Other products \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e3.23 Wire \u0026amp; cable \u003cbr\u003e3.23.1 ExxonMobil wire insulation formulas \u003cbr\u003e3.23.2 Traditional lead stabilizers in wire and cable \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e3.24 General remarks \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Data\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e4.1 General data and nomenclature \u003cbr\u003e4.2 Chemical composition and properties \u003cbr\u003e4.3 Physical properties \u003cbr\u003e4.4 Mechanical properties \u003cbr\u003e4.5 Health and safety \u003cbr\u003e4.6 Environmental data \u003cbr\u003e4.7 Use and application data \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIndex \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nGeorge Wypych has a Ph. D. in chemical engineering. His professional expertise includes both university teaching (full professor) and research \u0026amp; development. He has published 17 books: PVC Plastisols, (University Press); Polyvinylchloride Degradation, (Elsevier); Polyvinylchloride Stabilization, (Elsevier); Polymer Modified Textile Materials, (Wiley \u0026amp; Sons); Handbook of Material Weathering, 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Handbook of Fillers, 1st, 2nd and 3rd Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Recycling of PVC, (ChemTec Publishing); Weathering of Plastics. Testing to Mirror Real Life Performance, (Plastics Design Library), Handbook of Solvents, Handbook of Plasticizers, Handbook of Antistatics, Handbook of Antiblocking, Release, and Slip Additives (1st and 2nd Editions), PVC Degradation \u0026amp; Stabilization, PVC Formulary, Handbook of UV Degradation and Stabilization, Handbook of Biodeterioration, Biodegradation and Biostabilization, and Handbook of Polymers (all by ChemTec Publishing), 47 scientific papers, and he has obtained 16 patents. He specializes in polymer additives, polymer processing and formulation, material durability, and the development of sealants and coatings. He is included in the Dictionary of International Biography, Who's Who in Plastics and Polymers, Who's Who in Engineering, and was selected International Man of the Year 1996-1997 in recognition for his services to education.","published_at":"2018-02-15T09:12:45-05:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:44-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2009","George Wypych","PVC additives","PVC compounding","PVC compounds","PVC compounds and processing","PVC formulary","PVC formulations","PVC processing","PVC stabbilization","the compounding of PVC"],"price":27500,"price_min":27500,"price_max":27500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378372356,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PVC Formulary","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":27500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-895198-40-9.jpg?v=1499887343"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-895198-40-9.jpg?v=1499887343","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358727778397,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-895198-40-9.jpg?v=1499887343"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-895198-40-9.jpg?v=1499887343","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: George Wypych \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-895198-40-9 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFirst edition\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2015\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003ePages: 324\u003cbr\u003eFigures: 125\u003cbr\u003eTables: 401\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThe book has four chapters, each containing invaluable information for PVC manufacturers, processors, and users. In the first chapter, polymer properties determining its proper selection are discussed. All essential information required for the decision-making process is presented in a clear form in order to provide the reader with the necessary data.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe second chapter contains information aiding in the selection of any required additives. Twenty- three groups of additives are used in PVC processing to improve its properties and obtain the set of product characteristics required by the end-user. Similar to the previous chapter, the information is concise but contains much-needed data to aid the reader.\u003cbr\u003eThe third chapter contains 500 formulations of products belonging to 23 categories derived from characteristic methods of production. Formulations come from recent patents, publications in journals, and from suggestions of raw material suppliers. A broad selection of formulations is used in each category to determine the essential components of formulations used in a particular method of processing, the most important parameters of successful products, troubleshooting information, and suggestions of further sources of information on the method of processing. This part results from a review of thousands of patents, over two thousand of research papers, and information available from manufacturers of polymers and additives.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe final chapter contains data on PVC and its products. The data are assigned to one of the following sections: general data and nomenclature, chemical composition and properties, physical properties, mechanical properties, health and safety, environmental information, use and application information. The data are based on information contained in over 1200 research papers and present the most comprehensive set of data on PVC ever assembled.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe concept of this and a companion book (\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/chemtec.org\/proddetail.php?prod=978-1-895198-39-3\"\u003ePVC Degradation \u0026amp; Stabilization\u003c\/a\u003e) is to provide the reader with complete information and data required to formulate successful and durable products or to evaluate his formulations on the background of formulations used by others. For scientists and students, these two books give a complete set of the most up-to-date information, state-of-the-art, and data required for the development of new ideas and learning from a comprehensive review contributed by the author of 5 books on PVC written in the last 25 years.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRegulatory agencies, consumer groups, and law enforcement agencies will also find this book invaluable because it contains a realistic composition of products produced today, based on broad research of information which no other available source offers. \u003cbr\u003eThere were many good books published on PVC in the past which are still in use today. Their main drawback is that they contain information which frequently does not apply to today’s products and thus creates confusion which is avoided with these two books: \u003ca href=\"http:\/\/chemtec.org\/proddetail.php?prod=978-1-895198-39-3\"\u003ePVC Degradation \u0026amp; Stabilization\u003c\/a\u003e and The PVC Formulary, which were written with the goal to give the most current information to those who need it today.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e1 PVC Properties\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1.1 Commercial types and grades \u003cbr\u003e1.1.1 General purpose resins \u003cbr\u003e1.1.1.1 Suspension \u003cbr\u003e1.1.1.2 Mass \u003cbr\u003e1.1.2 Dispersion resins (emulsion, microsuspension) \u003cbr\u003e1.1.3 Specialty resins \u003cbr\u003e1.1.3.1 Powder process resins \u003cbr\u003e1.1.3.2 Ultrahigh molecular weight resins \u003cbr\u003e1.1.3.3 Absorptive resins \u003cbr\u003e1.1.3.4 Deglossing resins \u003cbr\u003e1.1.3.4 Extender resins \u003cbr\u003e1.1.4 Copolymers \u003cbr\u003e1.1.4.1 VC\/VAc copolymers \u003cbr\u003e1.1.4.2 Grafted copolymers \u003cbr\u003e1.2 Forms ready for processing \u003cbr\u003e1.2.1 Powder \u003cbr\u003e1.2.2 Dryblend and pellets \u003cbr\u003e1.2.3 Paste and solution \u003cbr\u003e1.2.4 Latex \u003cbr\u003e1.3 Physical-chemical properties of pure and compounded PVC \u003cbr\u003e1.3.1 Molecular weight and its distribution \u003cbr\u003e1.3.2 Particle size and shape \u003cbr\u003e1.3.3 Porosity \u003cbr\u003e1.3.4 Purity \u003cbr\u003e1.3.5 Density \u003cbr\u003e1.3.6 Crystalline structure, crystallinity, morphology \u003cbr\u003e1.3.7 Thermal properties \u003cbr\u003e1.3.8 Electrical properties \u003cbr\u003e1.3.9 Optical and spectral properties \u003cbr\u003e1.3.10 Shrinkage \u003cbr\u003e1.3.11 Chemical resistance \u003cbr\u003e1.3.12 Environmental stress cracking \u003cbr\u003e1.3.13 Mechanical properties \u003cbr\u003e1.3.14 Other properties of PVC \u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 PVC Additives\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e2.1 Plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e2.2 Fillers \u003cbr\u003e2.3 Pigments and dyes \u003cbr\u003e2.4 Thermal stabilizers \u003cbr\u003e2.5 UV stabilizers \u003cbr\u003e2.6 Impact modifiers \u003cbr\u003e2.7 Antiblocking agents \u003cbr\u003e2.8 Release agents \u003cbr\u003e2.9 Slip agents \u003cbr\u003e2.10 Antistatics \u003cbr\u003e2.11 Flame retardants \u003cbr\u003e2.12 Smoke suppressants \u003cbr\u003e2.13 Lubricants \u003cbr\u003e2.14 Process aids \u003cbr\u003e2.15 Vicat\/HDT modifiers \u003cbr\u003e2.16 Foaming agents and promoters \u003cbr\u003e2.17 Antifog agents \u003cbr\u003e2.18 Crosslinking agents \u003cbr\u003e2.19 Adhesion promoters \u003cbr\u003e2.20 Brighteners \u003cbr\u003e2.21 Biocides and fungicides \u003cbr\u003e2.22 Magnetic additives \u003cbr\u003e2.23 Flexibilizers \u003cbr\u003e2.24 Nucleating agents \u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 The PVC Formulations\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e3.1 Blow molding \u003cbr\u003e3.1.1 Bottles and containers \u003cbr\u003e3.1.2 Other products \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e3.2 Calendering \u003cbr\u003e3.2.2 Floor coverings \u003cbr\u003e3.2.3 Pool liner \u003cbr\u003e3.2.4 Roofing membrane \u003cbr\u003e3.2.5 Sheet \u003cbr\u003e3.2.6 Sponged leather \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e3.3 Composites \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks 8\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Dip coating \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e3.5 Extrusion \u003cbr\u003e3.5.1 General section \u003cbr\u003e3.5.2 Blinds \u003cbr\u003e3.5.3 Clear compound \u003cbr\u003e3.5.4 Gaskets \u003cbr\u003e3.5.5 Fencing \u003cbr\u003e3.5.6 Interior profiles \u003cbr\u003e3.5.7 Pipes \u003cbr\u003e3.5.8 Planks \u003cbr\u003e3.5.9 Rigid articles \u003cbr\u003e3.5.10 Sheet \u003cbr\u003e3.5.11 Siding \u003cbr\u003e3.5.12 Tubing \u003cbr\u003e3.5.13 Water stop seal \u003cbr\u003e3.5.14 Window and door profile \u003cbr\u003e3.5.15 Other products \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e3.6 Fiber and thread coating \u003cbr\u003e3.7 Film production \u003cbr\u003e3.7.1 Film \u003cbr\u003e3.7.2 Food wrap \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e3.8 Foaming and foam extrusion \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e3.9 Gel \u0026amp; sealant formulations \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e3.10 Injection molding \u003cbr\u003e3.10.1 General \u003cbr\u003e3.10.2 Fittings \u003cbr\u003e3.10.3 Toys \u003cbr\u003e3.10.4 Other products \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e3.11 Joining and assembly \u003cbr\u003e3.12 Lamination \u003cbr\u003e3.13 Metallization \u003cbr\u003e3.14 Powder coating \u003cbr\u003e3.15 Printing \u003cbr\u003e3.16 Rotational molding \u003cbr\u003e3.17 Sintering \u003cbr\u003e3.18 Slush molding \u003cbr\u003e3.19 Solvent casting \u003cbr\u003e3.20 Spraying \u003cbr\u003e3.21 Thermoforming \u003cbr\u003e3.22 Web coating \u003cbr\u003e3.22.1 General \u003cbr\u003e3.22.2 Coated fabrics \u003cbr\u003e3.22.3 Conveyor belts \u003cbr\u003e3.22.4 Flooring \u003cbr\u003e3.22.5 Swimming pool liners \u003cbr\u003e3.22.6 Tarpaulin \u003cbr\u003e3.22.7 Upholstery \u003cbr\u003e3.22.8 Wallcovering \u003cbr\u003e3.22.9 Other products \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e3.23 Wire \u0026amp; cable \u003cbr\u003e3.23.1 ExxonMobil wire insulation formulas \u003cbr\u003e3.23.2 Traditional lead stabilizers in wire and cable \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e3.24 General remarks \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Data\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e4.1 General data and nomenclature \u003cbr\u003e4.2 Chemical composition and properties \u003cbr\u003e4.3 Physical properties \u003cbr\u003e4.4 Mechanical properties \u003cbr\u003e4.5 Health and safety \u003cbr\u003e4.6 Environmental data \u003cbr\u003e4.7 Use and application data \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIndex \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nGeorge Wypych has a Ph. D. in chemical engineering. His professional expertise includes both university teaching (full professor) and research \u0026amp; development. He has published 17 books: PVC Plastisols, (University Press); Polyvinylchloride Degradation, (Elsevier); Polyvinylchloride Stabilization, (Elsevier); Polymer Modified Textile Materials, (Wiley \u0026amp; Sons); Handbook of Material Weathering, 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Handbook of Fillers, 1st, 2nd and 3rd Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Recycling of PVC, (ChemTec Publishing); Weathering of Plastics. Testing to Mirror Real Life Performance, (Plastics Design Library), Handbook of Solvents, Handbook of Plasticizers, Handbook of Antistatics, Handbook of Antiblocking, Release, and Slip Additives (1st and 2nd Editions), PVC Degradation \u0026amp; Stabilization, PVC Formulary, Handbook of UV Degradation and Stabilization, Handbook of Biodeterioration, Biodegradation and Biostabilization, and Handbook of Polymers (all by ChemTec Publishing), 47 scientific papers, and he has obtained 16 patents. He specializes in polymer additives, polymer processing and formulation, material durability, and the development of sealants and coatings. He is included in the Dictionary of International Biography, Who's Who in Plastics and Polymers, Who's Who in Engineering, and was selected International Man of the Year 1996-1997 in recognition for his services to education."}
PVC Formulary
$300.00
{"id":4534955769949,"title":"PVC Formulary","handle":"pvc-formulary","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: George Wypych\u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-927885-63-5 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublication date: \u003c\/span\u003e January 2020\u003cbr\u003eThird edition\u003cbr\u003ePages: 410+x\u003cbr\u003eFigures: 132\u003cbr\u003eTables: 544\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe book has five chapters, each containing invaluable information for PVC manufacturers, processors, and users. In addition to the content of the previous edition, the book provides many new formulations which were introduced in the last six years. In the first introductory chapter, the new product development, product re-engineering tools and market for PVC products have been discussed. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIn the second chapter, polymer properties determining its proper selection are discussed. Commercial types and grades, polymer forms, and physical-chemical properties of PVC are discussed in detail. All essential information required for the decision-making process is presented in a clear way in order to provide the reader with the necessary data.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe third chapter contains information aiding in the selection of any required additives. Twenty-four groups of additives are used in PVC processing to improve its properties and obtain the set of product characteristics needed by the end-user. Similar to the previous chapter, the information is concise but contains much-needed data to aid the reader in product development and reformulation.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe fourth chapter contains more than 600 formulations of products belonging to over 20 categories derived from typical methods of production. Formulations come from patents, publications in journals, and from the suggestions of raw material suppliers. A broad selection of formulations is used in each category to determine the essential components of formulations used in a particular method of processing, the most critical parameters of successful products, troubleshooting information, and suggestions of further sources of information on the method of processing. This section results from a review of thousands of patents and research papers, and information available from manufacturers of polymers and additives.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe final chapter contains data on PVC and its products. The data are assigned to one of the following sections: general data and nomenclature, chemical composition and properties, physical properties, mechanical properties, health and safety, environmental information, and use and application information. The data are based on information contained in over 1450 research papers, and it presents the most comprehensive set of data on PVC ever assembled.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe concept of this and a companion book (PVC Degradation \u0026amp; Stabilization also published in 2020) is to provide the reader with complete information and data required to formulate successful and durable products and\/or to evaluate formulations on the background of compositions used by others. For scientists and students, these two books give a complete set of the most up-to-date information, state-of-the-art, and data required for the development of new ideas and learning from a comprehensive review contributed by the author of 5 books on PVC written in the last 30 years.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRegulatory agencies, consumer groups, and law enforcement agencies will also find this book invaluable because it contains a realistic composition of products produced today, based on broad research of information which no other available source offers.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003eThere were many good books published on PVC in the past which are still in use today. Their main drawback is that they contain information which frequently does not apply to today’s products and thus creates confusion which is avoided with these two books: PVC Degradation \u0026amp; Stabilization and PVC Formulary, which were written with the goal to give the most current information to those who need it today.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e2 PVC Properties\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Commercial types and grades \u003cbr\u003e2.1.1 General purpose resins \u003cbr\u003e2.1.1.1 Suspension \u003cbr\u003e2.1.1.2 Mass \u003cbr\u003e2.1.2 Dispersion resins (emulsion, microsuspension) \u003cbr\u003e2.1.3 Specialty resins \u003cbr\u003e2.1.3.1 Powder process resins \u003cbr\u003e2.1.3.2 Ultrahigh molecular weight resins \u003cbr\u003e2.1.3.3 Absorptive resins \u003cbr\u003e2.1.3.4 Deglossing resins \u003cbr\u003e2.1.3.4 Extender resins \u003cbr\u003e2.1.4 Copolymers \u003cbr\u003e2.1.4.1 VC\/VAc copolymers \u003cbr\u003e2.1.4.2 Grafted copolymers \u003cbr\u003e2.2 Forms ready for processing \u003cbr\u003e2.2.1 Powder \u003cbr\u003e2.2.2 Dryblend and pellets \u003cbr\u003e2.2.3 Paste and solution \u003cbr\u003e2.2.4 Latex \u003cbr\u003e2.3 Physical-chemical properties of pure and compounded PVC \u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Molecular weight and its distribution \u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Particle size and shape \u003cbr\u003e2.3.3 Porosity \u003cbr\u003e2.3.4 Purity \u003cbr\u003e2.3.5 Density \u003cbr\u003e2.3.6 Crystalline structure, crystallinity, morphology \u003cbr\u003e2.3.7 Thermal properties \u003cbr\u003e2.3.8 Electrical properties \u003cbr\u003e2.3.9 Optical and spectral properties \u003cbr\u003e2.3.10 Shrinkage \u003cbr\u003e2.3.11 Chemical resistance \u003cbr\u003e2.3.12 Environmental stress cracking \u003cbr\u003e2.3.13 Mechanical properties \u003cbr\u003e2.3.14 Other properties of PVC \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3 PVC Additives \u003cbr\u003e3.1 Plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e3.2 Fillers \u003cbr\u003e3.3 Pigments and dyes \u003cbr\u003e3.4 Thermal stabilizers \u003cbr\u003e3.5 UV stabilizers \u003cbr\u003e3.6 Impact modifiers \u003cbr\u003e3.7 Antiblocking agents \u003cbr\u003e3.8 Release agents \u003cbr\u003e3.9 Slip agents \u003cbr\u003e3.10 Antistatics \u003cbr\u003e3.11 Flame retardants \u003cbr\u003e3.12 Smoke suppressants \u003cbr\u003e3.13 Lubricants \u003cbr\u003e3.14 Process aids \u003cbr\u003e3.15 Vicat\/HDT modifiers \u003cbr\u003e3.16 Foaming agents and promoters \u003cbr\u003e3.17 Antifog agents \u003cbr\u003e3.18 Crosslinking agents \u003cbr\u003e3.19 Adhesion promoters \u003cbr\u003e3.20 Brighteners \u003cbr\u003e3.21 Biocides and fungicides \u003cbr\u003e3.22 Magnetic additives \u003cbr\u003e3.23 Flexibilizers \u003cbr\u003e3.24 Nucleating agents \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4 The PVC Formulations \u003cbr\u003e4.1 Blow molding \u003cbr\u003e4.1.1 Bottles and containers \u003cbr\u003e4.1.2 Other products \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e4.2 Calendering \u003cbr\u003e4.2.2 Floor coverings \u003cbr\u003e4.2.3 Pool liner \u003cbr\u003e4.2.4 Roofing membrane \u003cbr\u003e4.2.5 Sheet \u003cbr\u003e4.2.6 Sponged leather \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e4.3 Composites \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks 8\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Dip coating \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e4.5 Extrusion \u003cbr\u003e4.5.1 General section \u003cbr\u003e4.5.2 Blinds \u003cbr\u003e4.5.3 Clear compound \u003cbr\u003e4.5.4 Gaskets \u003cbr\u003e4.5.5 Fencing \u003cbr\u003e4.5.6 Interior profiles \u003cbr\u003e4.5.7 Pipes \u003cbr\u003e4.5.8 Planks \u003cbr\u003e4.5.9 Rigid articles \u003cbr\u003e4.5.10 Sheet \u003cbr\u003e4.5.11 Siding \u003cbr\u003e4.5.12 Tubing \u003cbr\u003e4.5.13 Water stop seal \u003cbr\u003e4.5.14 Window and door profile \u003cbr\u003e4.5.15 Other products \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e4.6 Fiber and thread coating \u003cbr\u003e4.7 Film production \u003cbr\u003e4.7.1 Film \u003cbr\u003e4.7.2 Food wrap \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e4.8 Foaming and foam extrusion \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e4.9 Gel \u0026amp; sealant formulations \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e4.10 Injection molding \u003cbr\u003e4.10.1 General \u003cbr\u003e4.10.2 Fittings \u003cbr\u003e4.10.3 Toys \u003cbr\u003e4.10.4 Other products \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e4.11 Joining and assembly \u003cbr\u003e4.12 Lamination \u003cbr\u003e4.13 Metallization \u003cbr\u003e4.14 Pharmaceutical products\u003cbr\u003e4.15 Powder coating \u003cbr\u003e4.16 Printing \u003cbr\u003e4.17 Rotational molding \u003cbr\u003e4.18 Sintering \u003cbr\u003e4.19 Slush molding \u003cbr\u003e4.20 Solvent casting \u003cbr\u003e4.21 Spraying \u003cbr\u003e4.22 Thermoforming \u003cbr\u003e4.23 Web coating \u003cbr\u003e4.23.1 General \u003cbr\u003e4.23.2 Coated fabrics \u003cbr\u003e4.23.3 Conveyor belts \u003cbr\u003e4.23.4 Flooring \u003cbr\u003e4.23.5 Swimming pool liners \u003cbr\u003e4.23.6 Tarpaulins \u003cbr\u003e4.23.7 Upholstery \u003cbr\u003e4.23.8 Wallcovering \u003cbr\u003e4.23.9 Other products \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e4.24 Wire \u0026amp; cable \u003cbr\u003e4.24.1 ExxonMobil wire insulation formulas \u003cbr\u003e4.24.2 Traditional lead stabilizers in wire and cable \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e4.25 General remarks \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5 Data \u003cbr\u003e5.1 General data and nomenclature \u003cbr\u003e5.2 Chemical composition and properties \u003cbr\u003e5.3 Physical properties \u003cbr\u003e5.4 Mechanical properties \u003cbr\u003e5.5 Health and safety \u003cbr\u003e5.6 Environmental data \u003cbr\u003e5.7 Use and application data \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","published_at":"2020-02-07T16:12:33-05:00","created_at":"2020-02-06T12:20:07-05:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2020","book","PVC"],"price":30000,"price_min":30000,"price_max":30000,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":31943878705245,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PVC Formulary","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":30000,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":0,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-927885-63-5","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/9781927885635-Case.png?v=1581110471"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/9781927885635-Case.png?v=1581110471","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":6968064540765,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.658,"height":450,"width":296,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/9781927885635-Case.png?v=1581110471"},"aspect_ratio":0.658,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/9781927885635-Case.png?v=1581110471","width":296}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: George Wypych\u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-927885-63-5 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublication date: \u003c\/span\u003e January 2020\u003cbr\u003eThird edition\u003cbr\u003ePages: 410+x\u003cbr\u003eFigures: 132\u003cbr\u003eTables: 544\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe book has five chapters, each containing invaluable information for PVC manufacturers, processors, and users. In addition to the content of the previous edition, the book provides many new formulations which were introduced in the last six years. In the first introductory chapter, the new product development, product re-engineering tools and market for PVC products have been discussed. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIn the second chapter, polymer properties determining its proper selection are discussed. Commercial types and grades, polymer forms, and physical-chemical properties of PVC are discussed in detail. All essential information required for the decision-making process is presented in a clear way in order to provide the reader with the necessary data.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe third chapter contains information aiding in the selection of any required additives. Twenty-four groups of additives are used in PVC processing to improve its properties and obtain the set of product characteristics needed by the end-user. Similar to the previous chapter, the information is concise but contains much-needed data to aid the reader in product development and reformulation.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe fourth chapter contains more than 600 formulations of products belonging to over 20 categories derived from typical methods of production. Formulations come from patents, publications in journals, and from the suggestions of raw material suppliers. A broad selection of formulations is used in each category to determine the essential components of formulations used in a particular method of processing, the most critical parameters of successful products, troubleshooting information, and suggestions of further sources of information on the method of processing. This section results from a review of thousands of patents and research papers, and information available from manufacturers of polymers and additives.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe final chapter contains data on PVC and its products. The data are assigned to one of the following sections: general data and nomenclature, chemical composition and properties, physical properties, mechanical properties, health and safety, environmental information, and use and application information. The data are based on information contained in over 1450 research papers, and it presents the most comprehensive set of data on PVC ever assembled.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe concept of this and a companion book (PVC Degradation \u0026amp; Stabilization also published in 2020) is to provide the reader with complete information and data required to formulate successful and durable products and\/or to evaluate formulations on the background of compositions used by others. For scientists and students, these two books give a complete set of the most up-to-date information, state-of-the-art, and data required for the development of new ideas and learning from a comprehensive review contributed by the author of 5 books on PVC written in the last 30 years.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRegulatory agencies, consumer groups, and law enforcement agencies will also find this book invaluable because it contains a realistic composition of products produced today, based on broad research of information which no other available source offers.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003eThere were many good books published on PVC in the past which are still in use today. Their main drawback is that they contain information which frequently does not apply to today’s products and thus creates confusion which is avoided with these two books: PVC Degradation \u0026amp; Stabilization and PVC Formulary, which were written with the goal to give the most current information to those who need it today.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e2 PVC Properties\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Commercial types and grades \u003cbr\u003e2.1.1 General purpose resins \u003cbr\u003e2.1.1.1 Suspension \u003cbr\u003e2.1.1.2 Mass \u003cbr\u003e2.1.2 Dispersion resins (emulsion, microsuspension) \u003cbr\u003e2.1.3 Specialty resins \u003cbr\u003e2.1.3.1 Powder process resins \u003cbr\u003e2.1.3.2 Ultrahigh molecular weight resins \u003cbr\u003e2.1.3.3 Absorptive resins \u003cbr\u003e2.1.3.4 Deglossing resins \u003cbr\u003e2.1.3.4 Extender resins \u003cbr\u003e2.1.4 Copolymers \u003cbr\u003e2.1.4.1 VC\/VAc copolymers \u003cbr\u003e2.1.4.2 Grafted copolymers \u003cbr\u003e2.2 Forms ready for processing \u003cbr\u003e2.2.1 Powder \u003cbr\u003e2.2.2 Dryblend and pellets \u003cbr\u003e2.2.3 Paste and solution \u003cbr\u003e2.2.4 Latex \u003cbr\u003e2.3 Physical-chemical properties of pure and compounded PVC \u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Molecular weight and its distribution \u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Particle size and shape \u003cbr\u003e2.3.3 Porosity \u003cbr\u003e2.3.4 Purity \u003cbr\u003e2.3.5 Density \u003cbr\u003e2.3.6 Crystalline structure, crystallinity, morphology \u003cbr\u003e2.3.7 Thermal properties \u003cbr\u003e2.3.8 Electrical properties \u003cbr\u003e2.3.9 Optical and spectral properties \u003cbr\u003e2.3.10 Shrinkage \u003cbr\u003e2.3.11 Chemical resistance \u003cbr\u003e2.3.12 Environmental stress cracking \u003cbr\u003e2.3.13 Mechanical properties \u003cbr\u003e2.3.14 Other properties of PVC \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3 PVC Additives \u003cbr\u003e3.1 Plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e3.2 Fillers \u003cbr\u003e3.3 Pigments and dyes \u003cbr\u003e3.4 Thermal stabilizers \u003cbr\u003e3.5 UV stabilizers \u003cbr\u003e3.6 Impact modifiers \u003cbr\u003e3.7 Antiblocking agents \u003cbr\u003e3.8 Release agents \u003cbr\u003e3.9 Slip agents \u003cbr\u003e3.10 Antistatics \u003cbr\u003e3.11 Flame retardants \u003cbr\u003e3.12 Smoke suppressants \u003cbr\u003e3.13 Lubricants \u003cbr\u003e3.14 Process aids \u003cbr\u003e3.15 Vicat\/HDT modifiers \u003cbr\u003e3.16 Foaming agents and promoters \u003cbr\u003e3.17 Antifog agents \u003cbr\u003e3.18 Crosslinking agents \u003cbr\u003e3.19 Adhesion promoters \u003cbr\u003e3.20 Brighteners \u003cbr\u003e3.21 Biocides and fungicides \u003cbr\u003e3.22 Magnetic additives \u003cbr\u003e3.23 Flexibilizers \u003cbr\u003e3.24 Nucleating agents \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4 The PVC Formulations \u003cbr\u003e4.1 Blow molding \u003cbr\u003e4.1.1 Bottles and containers \u003cbr\u003e4.1.2 Other products \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e4.2 Calendering \u003cbr\u003e4.2.2 Floor coverings \u003cbr\u003e4.2.3 Pool liner \u003cbr\u003e4.2.4 Roofing membrane \u003cbr\u003e4.2.5 Sheet \u003cbr\u003e4.2.6 Sponged leather \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e4.3 Composites \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks 8\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Dip coating \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e4.5 Extrusion \u003cbr\u003e4.5.1 General section \u003cbr\u003e4.5.2 Blinds \u003cbr\u003e4.5.3 Clear compound \u003cbr\u003e4.5.4 Gaskets \u003cbr\u003e4.5.5 Fencing \u003cbr\u003e4.5.6 Interior profiles \u003cbr\u003e4.5.7 Pipes \u003cbr\u003e4.5.8 Planks \u003cbr\u003e4.5.9 Rigid articles \u003cbr\u003e4.5.10 Sheet \u003cbr\u003e4.5.11 Siding \u003cbr\u003e4.5.12 Tubing \u003cbr\u003e4.5.13 Water stop seal \u003cbr\u003e4.5.14 Window and door profile \u003cbr\u003e4.5.15 Other products \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e4.6 Fiber and thread coating \u003cbr\u003e4.7 Film production \u003cbr\u003e4.7.1 Film \u003cbr\u003e4.7.2 Food wrap \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e4.8 Foaming and foam extrusion \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e4.9 Gel \u0026amp; sealant formulations \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e4.10 Injection molding \u003cbr\u003e4.10.1 General \u003cbr\u003e4.10.2 Fittings \u003cbr\u003e4.10.3 Toys \u003cbr\u003e4.10.4 Other products \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e4.11 Joining and assembly \u003cbr\u003e4.12 Lamination \u003cbr\u003e4.13 Metallization \u003cbr\u003e4.14 Pharmaceutical products\u003cbr\u003e4.15 Powder coating \u003cbr\u003e4.16 Printing \u003cbr\u003e4.17 Rotational molding \u003cbr\u003e4.18 Sintering \u003cbr\u003e4.19 Slush molding \u003cbr\u003e4.20 Solvent casting \u003cbr\u003e4.21 Spraying \u003cbr\u003e4.22 Thermoforming \u003cbr\u003e4.23 Web coating \u003cbr\u003e4.23.1 General \u003cbr\u003e4.23.2 Coated fabrics \u003cbr\u003e4.23.3 Conveyor belts \u003cbr\u003e4.23.4 Flooring \u003cbr\u003e4.23.5 Swimming pool liners \u003cbr\u003e4.23.6 Tarpaulins \u003cbr\u003e4.23.7 Upholstery \u003cbr\u003e4.23.8 Wallcovering \u003cbr\u003e4.23.9 Other products \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e4.24 Wire \u0026amp; cable \u003cbr\u003e4.24.1 ExxonMobil wire insulation formulas \u003cbr\u003e4.24.2 Traditional lead stabilizers in wire and cable \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e4.25 General remarks \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5 Data \u003cbr\u003e5.1 General data and nomenclature \u003cbr\u003e5.2 Chemical composition and properties \u003cbr\u003e5.3 Physical properties \u003cbr\u003e5.4 Mechanical properties \u003cbr\u003e5.5 Health and safety \u003cbr\u003e5.6 Environmental data \u003cbr\u003e5.7 Use and application data \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e"}
PVC Formulary, 2nd Edi...
$285.00
{"id":11242221700,"title":"PVC Formulary, 2nd Edition","handle":"978-1-895198-84-3","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: George Wypych \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-895198-84-3 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eSecond edition\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2015\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePages: 370\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eFigures: 130\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eTables: 450\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThe book has five chapters, each containing invaluable information for PVC manufacturers, processors, and users. In the first introductory chapter, the new product development and product re-engineering tools and the market for PVC products are discussed. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIn the second chapter, polymer properties determining its proper selection are discussed. Commercial types and grades, polymer forms, and physical-chemical properties of PVC are discussed in detail. All essential information required for the decision-making process is presented in a clear form in order to provide the reader with the necessary data.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe third chapter contains information aiding in the selection of any required additives. Twenty-four groups of additives are used in PVC processing to improve its properties and obtain the set of product characteristics required by the end-user. Similar to the previous chapter, the information is concise but contains much-needed data to aid the reader in product development and reformulation.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe fourth chapter contains about 600 formulations of products belonging to 23 categories derived from characteristic methods of production. Formulations come from patents, publications in journals, and from suggestions of raw material suppliers. A broad selection of formulations is used in each category to determine the essential components of formulations used in a particular method of processing, the most important parameters of successful products, troubleshooting information, and suggestions of further sources of information on the method of processing. This part results from a review of thousands of patents, over two thousands of research papers, and information available from manufacturers of polymers and additives.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe final chapter contains data on PVC and its products. The data are assigned to one of the following sections: general data and nomenclature, chemical composition and properties, physical properties, mechanical properties, health and safety, environmental information, use, and application information. The data are based on information contained in over 1450 research papers and it presents the most comprehensive set of data on PVC ever assembled.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe concept of this and a companion book (PVC Degradation \u0026amp; Stabilization, the new edition will be published in 2015) is to provide the reader with complete information and data required to formulate successful and durable products or to evaluate formulations on the background of compositions used by others. For scientists and students, these two books give a complete set of the most up-to-date information, state-of-the-art, and data required for the development of new ideas and learning from a comprehensive review contributed by the author of 5 books on PVC written in the last 30 years.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRegulatory agencies, consumer groups, and law enforcement agencies will also find this book invaluable because it contains a realistic composition of products produced today, based on broad research of information which no other available source offers.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003eThere were many good books published on PVC in the past which are still in use today. Their main drawback is that they contain information which frequently does not apply to today’s products and thus creates confusion which is avoided with these two books: PVC Degradation \u0026amp; Stabilization and PVC Formulary, which were written with the goal to give the most current information to those who need it today.\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e2 PVC Properties\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Commercial types and grades \u003cbr\u003e2.1.1 General purpose resins \u003cbr\u003e2.1.1.1 Suspension \u003cbr\u003e2.1.1.2 Mass \u003cbr\u003e2.1.2 Dispersion resins (emulsion, microsuspension) \u003cbr\u003e2.1.3 Specialty resins \u003cbr\u003e2.1.3.1 Powder process resins \u003cbr\u003e2.1.3.2 Ultrahigh molecular weight resins \u003cbr\u003e2.1.3.3 Absorptive resins \u003cbr\u003e2.1.3.4 Deglossing resins \u003cbr\u003e2.1.3.4 Extender resins \u003cbr\u003e2.1.4 Copolymers \u003cbr\u003e2.1.4.1 VC\/VAc copolymers \u003cbr\u003e2.1.4.2 Grafted copolymers \u003cbr\u003e2.2 Forms ready for processing \u003cbr\u003e2.2.1 Powder \u003cbr\u003e2.2.2 Dryblend and pellets \u003cbr\u003e2.2.3 Paste and solution \u003cbr\u003e2.2.4 Latex \u003cbr\u003e2.3 Physical-chemical properties of pure and compounded PVC \u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Molecular weight and its distribution \u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Particle size and shape \u003cbr\u003e2.3.3 Porosity \u003cbr\u003e2.3.4 Purity \u003cbr\u003e2.3.5 Density \u003cbr\u003e2.3.6 Crystalline structure, crystallinity, morphology \u003cbr\u003e2.3.7 Thermal properties \u003cbr\u003e2.3.8 Electrical properties \u003cbr\u003e2.3.9 Optical and spectral properties \u003cbr\u003e2.3.10 Shrinkage \u003cbr\u003e2.3.11 Chemical resistance \u003cbr\u003e2.3.12 Environmental stress cracking \u003cbr\u003e2.3.13 Mechanical properties \u003cbr\u003e2.3.14 Other properties of PVC \u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3 PVC Additives \u003cbr\u003e3.1 Plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e3.2 Fillers \u003cbr\u003e3.3 Pigments and dyes \u003cbr\u003e3.4 Thermal stabilizers \u003cbr\u003e3.5 UV stabilizers \u003cbr\u003e3.6 Impact modifiers \u003cbr\u003e3.7 Antiblocking agents \u003cbr\u003e3.8 Release agents \u003cbr\u003e3.9 Slip agents \u003cbr\u003e3.10 Antistatics \u003cbr\u003e3.11 Flame retardants \u003cbr\u003e3.12 Smoke suppressants \u003cbr\u003e3.13 Lubricants \u003cbr\u003e3.14 Process aids \u003cbr\u003e3.15 Vicat\/HDT modifiers \u003cbr\u003e3.16 Foaming agents and promoters \u003cbr\u003e3.17 Antifog agents \u003cbr\u003e3.18 Crosslinking agents \u003cbr\u003e3.19 Adhesion promoters \u003cbr\u003e3.20 Brighteners \u003cbr\u003e3.21 Biocides and fungicides \u003cbr\u003e3.22 Magnetic additives \u003cbr\u003e3.23 Flexibilizers \u003cbr\u003e3.24 Nucleating agents \u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4 The PVC Formulations \u003cbr\u003e4.1 Blow molding \u003cbr\u003e4.1.1 Bottles and containers \u003cbr\u003e4.1.2 Other products \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e4.2 Calendering \u003cbr\u003e4.2.2 Floor coverings \u003cbr\u003e4.2.3 Pool liner \u003cbr\u003e4.2.4 Roofing membrane \u003cbr\u003e4.2.5 Sheet \u003cbr\u003e4.2.6 Sponged leather \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e4.3 Composites \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks 8\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Dip coating \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e4.5 Extrusion \u003cbr\u003e4.5.1 General section \u003cbr\u003e4.5.2 Blinds \u003cbr\u003e4.5.3 Clear compound \u003cbr\u003e4.5.4 Gaskets \u003cbr\u003e4.5.5 Fencing \u003cbr\u003e4.5.6 Interior profiles \u003cbr\u003e4.5.7 Pipes \u003cbr\u003e4.5.8 Planks \u003cbr\u003e4.5.9 Rigid articles \u003cbr\u003e4.5.10 Sheet \u003cbr\u003e4.5.11 Siding \u003cbr\u003e4.5.12 Tubing \u003cbr\u003e4.5.13 Water stop seal \u003cbr\u003e4.5.14 Window and door profile \u003cbr\u003e4.5.15 Other products \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e4.6 Fiber and thread coating \u003cbr\u003e4.7 Film production \u003cbr\u003e4.7.1 Film \u003cbr\u003e4.7.2 Food wrap \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e4.8 Foaming and foam extrusion \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e4.9 Gel \u0026amp; sealant formulations \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e4.10 Injection molding \u003cbr\u003e4.10.1 General \u003cbr\u003e4.10.2 Fittings \u003cbr\u003e4.10.3 Toys \u003cbr\u003e4.10.4 Other products \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e4.11 Joining and assembly \u003cbr\u003e4.12 Lamination \u003cbr\u003e4.13 Metallization \u003cbr\u003e4.14 Powder coating \u003cbr\u003e4.15 Printing \u003cbr\u003e4.16 Rotational molding \u003cbr\u003e4.17 Sintering \u003cbr\u003e4.18 Slush molding \u003cbr\u003e4.19 Solvent casting \u003cbr\u003e4.20 Spraying \u003cbr\u003e4.21 Thermoforming \u003cbr\u003e4.22 Web coating \u003cbr\u003e4.22.1 General \u003cbr\u003e4.22.2 Coated fabrics \u003cbr\u003e4.22.3 Conveyor belts \u003cbr\u003e4.22.4 Flooring \u003cbr\u003e4.22.5 Swimming pool liners \u003cbr\u003e4.22.6 Tarpaulin \u003cbr\u003e4.22.7 Upholstery \u003cbr\u003e4.22.8 Wallcovering \u003cbr\u003e4.22.9 Other products \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e4.23 Wire \u0026amp; cable \u003cbr\u003e4.23.1 ExxonMobil wire insulation formulas \u003cbr\u003e4.23.2 Traditional lead stabilizers in wire and cable \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e4.24 General remarks \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5 Data \u003cbr\u003e5.1 General data and nomenclature \u003cbr\u003e5.2 Chemical composition and properties \u003cbr\u003e5.3 Physical properties \u003cbr\u003e5.4 Mechanical properties \u003cbr\u003e5.5 Health and safety \u003cbr\u003e5.6 Environmental data \u003cbr\u003e5.7 Use and application data \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIndex\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nGeorge Wypych has a Ph. D. in chemical engineering. His professional expertise includes both university teaching (full professor) and research \u0026amp; development. He has published 17 books: PVC Plastisols, (University Press); Polyvinylchloride Degradation, (Elsevier); Polyvinylchloride Stabilization, (Elsevier); Polymer Modified Textile Materials, (Wiley \u0026amp; Sons); Handbook of Material Weathering, 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Handbook of Fillers, 1st, 2nd and 3rd Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Recycling of PVC, (ChemTec Publishing); Weathering of Plastics. Testing to Mirror Real Life Performance, (Plastics Design Library), Handbook of Solvents, Handbook of Plasticizers, Handbook of Antistatics, Handbook of Antiblocking, Release, and Slip Additives (1st and 2nd Editions), PVC Degradation \u0026amp; Stabilization, PVC Formulary, Handbook of UV Degradation and Stabilization, Handbook of Biodeterioration, Biodegradation and Biostabilization, and Handbook of Polymers (all by ChemTec Publishing), 47 scientific papers, and he has obtained 16 patents. He specializes in polymer additives, polymer processing and formulation, material durability, and the development of sealants and coatings. He is included in the Dictionary of International Biography, Who's Who in Plastics and Polymers, Who's Who in Engineering, and was selected International Man of the Year 1996-1997 in recognition for his services to education.","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:47-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:47-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2015","book","George Wypych","p-chemistry","polymer","PVC additives","PVC compounding","PVC compounds","PVC compounds and processing","PVC formulary","PVC formulations","PVC processing","PVC stabbilization","the compounding of PVC"],"price":28500,"price_min":28500,"price_max":28500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378374724,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PVC Formulary, 2nd Edition","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":28500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-895198-84-3","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-895198-84-3.jpg?v=1499887386"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-895198-84-3.jpg?v=1499887386","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358727909469,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-895198-84-3.jpg?v=1499887386"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-895198-84-3.jpg?v=1499887386","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: George Wypych \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-895198-84-3 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eSecond edition\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2015\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePages: 370\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eFigures: 130\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eTables: 450\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThe book has five chapters, each containing invaluable information for PVC manufacturers, processors, and users. In the first introductory chapter, the new product development and product re-engineering tools and the market for PVC products are discussed. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIn the second chapter, polymer properties determining its proper selection are discussed. Commercial types and grades, polymer forms, and physical-chemical properties of PVC are discussed in detail. All essential information required for the decision-making process is presented in a clear form in order to provide the reader with the necessary data.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe third chapter contains information aiding in the selection of any required additives. Twenty-four groups of additives are used in PVC processing to improve its properties and obtain the set of product characteristics required by the end-user. Similar to the previous chapter, the information is concise but contains much-needed data to aid the reader in product development and reformulation.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe fourth chapter contains about 600 formulations of products belonging to 23 categories derived from characteristic methods of production. Formulations come from patents, publications in journals, and from suggestions of raw material suppliers. A broad selection of formulations is used in each category to determine the essential components of formulations used in a particular method of processing, the most important parameters of successful products, troubleshooting information, and suggestions of further sources of information on the method of processing. This part results from a review of thousands of patents, over two thousands of research papers, and information available from manufacturers of polymers and additives.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe final chapter contains data on PVC and its products. The data are assigned to one of the following sections: general data and nomenclature, chemical composition and properties, physical properties, mechanical properties, health and safety, environmental information, use, and application information. The data are based on information contained in over 1450 research papers and it presents the most comprehensive set of data on PVC ever assembled.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe concept of this and a companion book (PVC Degradation \u0026amp; Stabilization, the new edition will be published in 2015) is to provide the reader with complete information and data required to formulate successful and durable products or to evaluate formulations on the background of compositions used by others. For scientists and students, these two books give a complete set of the most up-to-date information, state-of-the-art, and data required for the development of new ideas and learning from a comprehensive review contributed by the author of 5 books on PVC written in the last 30 years.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRegulatory agencies, consumer groups, and law enforcement agencies will also find this book invaluable because it contains a realistic composition of products produced today, based on broad research of information which no other available source offers.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003eThere were many good books published on PVC in the past which are still in use today. Their main drawback is that they contain information which frequently does not apply to today’s products and thus creates confusion which is avoided with these two books: PVC Degradation \u0026amp; Stabilization and PVC Formulary, which were written with the goal to give the most current information to those who need it today.\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e2 PVC Properties\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Commercial types and grades \u003cbr\u003e2.1.1 General purpose resins \u003cbr\u003e2.1.1.1 Suspension \u003cbr\u003e2.1.1.2 Mass \u003cbr\u003e2.1.2 Dispersion resins (emulsion, microsuspension) \u003cbr\u003e2.1.3 Specialty resins \u003cbr\u003e2.1.3.1 Powder process resins \u003cbr\u003e2.1.3.2 Ultrahigh molecular weight resins \u003cbr\u003e2.1.3.3 Absorptive resins \u003cbr\u003e2.1.3.4 Deglossing resins \u003cbr\u003e2.1.3.4 Extender resins \u003cbr\u003e2.1.4 Copolymers \u003cbr\u003e2.1.4.1 VC\/VAc copolymers \u003cbr\u003e2.1.4.2 Grafted copolymers \u003cbr\u003e2.2 Forms ready for processing \u003cbr\u003e2.2.1 Powder \u003cbr\u003e2.2.2 Dryblend and pellets \u003cbr\u003e2.2.3 Paste and solution \u003cbr\u003e2.2.4 Latex \u003cbr\u003e2.3 Physical-chemical properties of pure and compounded PVC \u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Molecular weight and its distribution \u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Particle size and shape \u003cbr\u003e2.3.3 Porosity \u003cbr\u003e2.3.4 Purity \u003cbr\u003e2.3.5 Density \u003cbr\u003e2.3.6 Crystalline structure, crystallinity, morphology \u003cbr\u003e2.3.7 Thermal properties \u003cbr\u003e2.3.8 Electrical properties \u003cbr\u003e2.3.9 Optical and spectral properties \u003cbr\u003e2.3.10 Shrinkage \u003cbr\u003e2.3.11 Chemical resistance \u003cbr\u003e2.3.12 Environmental stress cracking \u003cbr\u003e2.3.13 Mechanical properties \u003cbr\u003e2.3.14 Other properties of PVC \u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3 PVC Additives \u003cbr\u003e3.1 Plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e3.2 Fillers \u003cbr\u003e3.3 Pigments and dyes \u003cbr\u003e3.4 Thermal stabilizers \u003cbr\u003e3.5 UV stabilizers \u003cbr\u003e3.6 Impact modifiers \u003cbr\u003e3.7 Antiblocking agents \u003cbr\u003e3.8 Release agents \u003cbr\u003e3.9 Slip agents \u003cbr\u003e3.10 Antistatics \u003cbr\u003e3.11 Flame retardants \u003cbr\u003e3.12 Smoke suppressants \u003cbr\u003e3.13 Lubricants \u003cbr\u003e3.14 Process aids \u003cbr\u003e3.15 Vicat\/HDT modifiers \u003cbr\u003e3.16 Foaming agents and promoters \u003cbr\u003e3.17 Antifog agents \u003cbr\u003e3.18 Crosslinking agents \u003cbr\u003e3.19 Adhesion promoters \u003cbr\u003e3.20 Brighteners \u003cbr\u003e3.21 Biocides and fungicides \u003cbr\u003e3.22 Magnetic additives \u003cbr\u003e3.23 Flexibilizers \u003cbr\u003e3.24 Nucleating agents \u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4 The PVC Formulations \u003cbr\u003e4.1 Blow molding \u003cbr\u003e4.1.1 Bottles and containers \u003cbr\u003e4.1.2 Other products \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e4.2 Calendering \u003cbr\u003e4.2.2 Floor coverings \u003cbr\u003e4.2.3 Pool liner \u003cbr\u003e4.2.4 Roofing membrane \u003cbr\u003e4.2.5 Sheet \u003cbr\u003e4.2.6 Sponged leather \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e4.3 Composites \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks 8\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Dip coating \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e4.5 Extrusion \u003cbr\u003e4.5.1 General section \u003cbr\u003e4.5.2 Blinds \u003cbr\u003e4.5.3 Clear compound \u003cbr\u003e4.5.4 Gaskets \u003cbr\u003e4.5.5 Fencing \u003cbr\u003e4.5.6 Interior profiles \u003cbr\u003e4.5.7 Pipes \u003cbr\u003e4.5.8 Planks \u003cbr\u003e4.5.9 Rigid articles \u003cbr\u003e4.5.10 Sheet \u003cbr\u003e4.5.11 Siding \u003cbr\u003e4.5.12 Tubing \u003cbr\u003e4.5.13 Water stop seal \u003cbr\u003e4.5.14 Window and door profile \u003cbr\u003e4.5.15 Other products \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e4.6 Fiber and thread coating \u003cbr\u003e4.7 Film production \u003cbr\u003e4.7.1 Film \u003cbr\u003e4.7.2 Food wrap \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e4.8 Foaming and foam extrusion \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e4.9 Gel \u0026amp; sealant formulations \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e4.10 Injection molding \u003cbr\u003e4.10.1 General \u003cbr\u003e4.10.2 Fittings \u003cbr\u003e4.10.3 Toys \u003cbr\u003e4.10.4 Other products \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e4.11 Joining and assembly \u003cbr\u003e4.12 Lamination \u003cbr\u003e4.13 Metallization \u003cbr\u003e4.14 Powder coating \u003cbr\u003e4.15 Printing \u003cbr\u003e4.16 Rotational molding \u003cbr\u003e4.17 Sintering \u003cbr\u003e4.18 Slush molding \u003cbr\u003e4.19 Solvent casting \u003cbr\u003e4.20 Spraying \u003cbr\u003e4.21 Thermoforming \u003cbr\u003e4.22 Web coating \u003cbr\u003e4.22.1 General \u003cbr\u003e4.22.2 Coated fabrics \u003cbr\u003e4.22.3 Conveyor belts \u003cbr\u003e4.22.4 Flooring \u003cbr\u003e4.22.5 Swimming pool liners \u003cbr\u003e4.22.6 Tarpaulin \u003cbr\u003e4.22.7 Upholstery \u003cbr\u003e4.22.8 Wallcovering \u003cbr\u003e4.22.9 Other products \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e4.23 Wire \u0026amp; cable \u003cbr\u003e4.23.1 ExxonMobil wire insulation formulas \u003cbr\u003e4.23.2 Traditional lead stabilizers in wire and cable \u003cbr\u003eConclusive remarks \u003cbr\u003e4.24 General remarks \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5 Data \u003cbr\u003e5.1 General data and nomenclature \u003cbr\u003e5.2 Chemical composition and properties \u003cbr\u003e5.3 Physical properties \u003cbr\u003e5.4 Mechanical properties \u003cbr\u003e5.5 Health and safety \u003cbr\u003e5.6 Environmental data \u003cbr\u003e5.7 Use and application data \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIndex\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nGeorge Wypych has a Ph. D. in chemical engineering. His professional expertise includes both university teaching (full professor) and research \u0026amp; development. He has published 17 books: PVC Plastisols, (University Press); Polyvinylchloride Degradation, (Elsevier); Polyvinylchloride Stabilization, (Elsevier); Polymer Modified Textile Materials, (Wiley \u0026amp; Sons); Handbook of Material Weathering, 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Handbook of Fillers, 1st, 2nd and 3rd Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Recycling of PVC, (ChemTec Publishing); Weathering of Plastics. Testing to Mirror Real Life Performance, (Plastics Design Library), Handbook of Solvents, Handbook of Plasticizers, Handbook of Antistatics, Handbook of Antiblocking, Release, and Slip Additives (1st and 2nd Editions), PVC Degradation \u0026amp; Stabilization, PVC Formulary, Handbook of UV Degradation and Stabilization, Handbook of Biodeterioration, Biodegradation and Biostabilization, and Handbook of Polymers (all by ChemTec Publishing), 47 scientific papers, and he has obtained 16 patents. He specializes in polymer additives, polymer processing and formulation, material durability, and the development of sealants and coatings. He is included in the Dictionary of International Biography, Who's Who in Plastics and Polymers, Who's Who in Engineering, and was selected International Man of the Year 1996-1997 in recognition for his services to education."}
Radiation Curing
$125.00
{"id":11242217668,"title":"Radiation Curing","handle":"978-1-85957-288-7","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: R.S. Davidson \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-288-7 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2001\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003epages 124\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThis is a very readable review on the exciting, advancing technology of radiation curing. The principles upon which the technology is based, the equipment that is used and the materials which make up a radiation curable formulation are described. The applications of radiation curing are set to expand. Currently, the technology is used in coatings, graphic arts, printing inks, packaging, adhesives, optical and optoelectronic applications, composite production, rapid prototyping, electronics, with liquid crystals, in nanotechnology, for controlled-permeability membranes and hydrogels (including contact lenses), and for the vulcanisation of natural and synthetic rubber. These are all discussed in this review, with principle material types outlined. The review is well referenced to facilitate further reading. It is accompanied by around 400 abstracts from the Rapra Abstracts database, most of which are cited in the text. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThere are many possibilities for future developments in radiation curing. The technology permits extensive control over crosslinking, including reversal of the process of adhesion in some cases. This allows the production of release coatings and provides an easy method of removing expensive components at the end-of-life stage. It is also developing a role in medical applications. The prospects for functional and aesthetic coating applications are abundant with pearlescent coatings, liquid crystals in coatings and high gloss coatings, to name but a few. Radiation curing is generally environmentally friendly - dry powder coatings can eliminate the need for solvent-based products, and reversible adhesives can facilitate recycling. This legislation is fuelling the drive towards this technology.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\nIntroduction \u003cbr\u003eWhat is Radiation Curing? Use of the Terms ‘Drying’ and ‘Curing’ Why Consider Radiation Curing? \u003cbr\u003eThe Chemical Processes Used in Radiation Curing \u003cbr\u003eProcesses Involving Radicals Processes Involving Carbanions - Anionic Curing Systems \u003cbr\u003eEquipment \u003cbr\u003eApplications of Curable Coatings Radiation Sources for UV Curing \u003cbr\u003eGeneral Formulations \u003cbr\u003eInitiation of Cure by Photoinitiators Prepolymers Reactive Diluents Pigments Additives \u003cbr\u003eComponents of Cationically Cured Formulations Other than Photoinitiators \u003cbr\u003eReactive Diluents Prepolymers Combinations of Cationic- and Radical-Cured Materials \u003cbr\u003eApplications of Radiation Curing \u003cbr\u003eWood coating Graphic arts Printing inks Packaging Adhesives Optical Components and Optoelectronic Applications Production of Composites Rapid Prototyping Nanotechnology and Microstructures Liquid Crystals Electronics Powder Coatings Radiation Cured Coatings for Outdoor Use \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWater-Based Formulations\u003cbr\u003eWater Resistance, Permeability, and Hydrogels\u003cbr\u003eVulcanisation\u003cbr\u003eRadiation Curing in the 21st Century\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDr. R Stephen Davidson is Emeritus Professor of Applied Chemistry (University of Kent, UK) and Emeritus Professor of Organic Chemistry (City University, London, UK). He has published over 200 research papers as well as being a regular contributor to RadTech meetings. He is a Chartered Chemist (C.Chem.), a Member of the Royal Society of Chemistry (MRSC) and holds two postgraduate degrees. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDr. Davidson has accumulated knowledge in the general field of radiation curing, relating to free radical and cationic curing systems, the synthesis of photoinitiators, diluents and prepolymers and the development of methods for determining the degree of cure. The development of the analytical methods was crucial for developing an understanding of the mechanism of curing and hence producing simple guidelines for formulators operating with this technology. He has worked with industry on projects such as the UV curing of inks. He is currently a consultant in this field.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:33-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:34-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2001","additives","book","coatings","curing","graphic","inks","p-formulation","packaging","permeability","pigments","polymer","radiation","resistance","UV","vulcanisation","wood coating"],"price":12500,"price_min":12500,"price_max":12500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378361092,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Radiation Curing","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":12500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-85957-288-7","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-288-7.jpg?v=1499953964"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-288-7.jpg?v=1499953964","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358728958045,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-288-7.jpg?v=1499953964"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-288-7.jpg?v=1499953964","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: R.S. Davidson \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-288-7 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2001\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003epages 124\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThis is a very readable review on the exciting, advancing technology of radiation curing. The principles upon which the technology is based, the equipment that is used and the materials which make up a radiation curable formulation are described. The applications of radiation curing are set to expand. Currently, the technology is used in coatings, graphic arts, printing inks, packaging, adhesives, optical and optoelectronic applications, composite production, rapid prototyping, electronics, with liquid crystals, in nanotechnology, for controlled-permeability membranes and hydrogels (including contact lenses), and for the vulcanisation of natural and synthetic rubber. These are all discussed in this review, with principle material types outlined. The review is well referenced to facilitate further reading. It is accompanied by around 400 abstracts from the Rapra Abstracts database, most of which are cited in the text. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThere are many possibilities for future developments in radiation curing. The technology permits extensive control over crosslinking, including reversal of the process of adhesion in some cases. This allows the production of release coatings and provides an easy method of removing expensive components at the end-of-life stage. It is also developing a role in medical applications. The prospects for functional and aesthetic coating applications are abundant with pearlescent coatings, liquid crystals in coatings and high gloss coatings, to name but a few. Radiation curing is generally environmentally friendly - dry powder coatings can eliminate the need for solvent-based products, and reversible adhesives can facilitate recycling. This legislation is fuelling the drive towards this technology.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\nIntroduction \u003cbr\u003eWhat is Radiation Curing? Use of the Terms ‘Drying’ and ‘Curing’ Why Consider Radiation Curing? \u003cbr\u003eThe Chemical Processes Used in Radiation Curing \u003cbr\u003eProcesses Involving Radicals Processes Involving Carbanions - Anionic Curing Systems \u003cbr\u003eEquipment \u003cbr\u003eApplications of Curable Coatings Radiation Sources for UV Curing \u003cbr\u003eGeneral Formulations \u003cbr\u003eInitiation of Cure by Photoinitiators Prepolymers Reactive Diluents Pigments Additives \u003cbr\u003eComponents of Cationically Cured Formulations Other than Photoinitiators \u003cbr\u003eReactive Diluents Prepolymers Combinations of Cationic- and Radical-Cured Materials \u003cbr\u003eApplications of Radiation Curing \u003cbr\u003eWood coating Graphic arts Printing inks Packaging Adhesives Optical Components and Optoelectronic Applications Production of Composites Rapid Prototyping Nanotechnology and Microstructures Liquid Crystals Electronics Powder Coatings Radiation Cured Coatings for Outdoor Use \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWater-Based Formulations\u003cbr\u003eWater Resistance, Permeability, and Hydrogels\u003cbr\u003eVulcanisation\u003cbr\u003eRadiation Curing in the 21st Century\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDr. R Stephen Davidson is Emeritus Professor of Applied Chemistry (University of Kent, UK) and Emeritus Professor of Organic Chemistry (City University, London, UK). He has published over 200 research papers as well as being a regular contributor to RadTech meetings. He is a Chartered Chemist (C.Chem.), a Member of the Royal Society of Chemistry (MRSC) and holds two postgraduate degrees. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDr. Davidson has accumulated knowledge in the general field of radiation curing, relating to free radical and cationic curing systems, the synthesis of photoinitiators, diluents and prepolymers and the development of methods for determining the degree of cure. The development of the analytical methods was crucial for developing an understanding of the mechanism of curing and hence producing simple guidelines for formulators operating with this technology. He has worked with industry on projects such as the UV curing of inks. He is currently a consultant in this field.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e"}
Rapra Collection of In...
$396.00
{"id":11242215556,"title":"Rapra Collection of Infrared Spectra of Rubbers, Plastics and Thermoplastic Elastomers, Third Edition (The)","handle":"978-1-84735-023-7","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: M. Forrest, Y. Davies and J. Davies \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-84735-023-7 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2007\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e420 pages, Wire bound\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nFor the 3rd Edition of this popular, authoritative and respected book, the collection has been completely revised and enlarged, with the addition of around 200 new spectra bringing the total number in the library to around 800. A number of improvements in the layout and design of the collection have been made. Some of these, such as a simpler classification system, clearer headings for the spectra, and the insertion of material indexes at the end of each section has been designed to make the library quicker and easier to use. It is also the case that, whereas the previous two editions were comprised of only four separate sub-libraries, covering the transmission and pyrolysate spectra of both rubber and plastic materials, another major improvement for this edition has been the incorporation of an additional, comprehensive library produced using a single bounce attenuated total reflectance (ATR) accessory. This is a very useful development, as since the publication of the second edition of this library in 1997, this type of ATR technique has acquired a high degree of popularity due to its many attributes, including speed and ease of use, the need for only small amounts of sample, and its virtually non-destructive nature.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAll the spectra in the collection have been collected and stored at a resolution of 4 cm-1 and are plotted as percentage transmittance against wavenumber. For the transmission and pyrolyate spectra, the wavenumber range shown is 400 to 4000 cm-1, whereas, for the single bounce, diamond window ATR spectra the range is 650 to 4000 cm-1.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe layout of the spectra has been changed for this edition - within each of the five sub-libraries spectra are listed in alphabetical order according to material type, which is displayed in the main heading above each spectrum. A number of polymer blends are represented in these sub-libraries, and the proportions of the polymers in the blend are also shown in this main heading. There is also a secondary heading for each spectrum, where as much additional information as possible has been provided, e.g., the trade name of the material, its manufacturer, compositional information, (e.g., fillers present), and the method of preparing the sample, (e.g., film cast from chloroform) for the recording of the spectrum.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAs mentioned above, transmission, pyrolysate, and ATR spectra are all present in the library. Two different approaches were used to produce the sample films that were used for the recording of the transmission spectra: hot pressing, and casting from a polymer solution. The pyrolysate spectra of the polymers were recorded from collected pyrolysis condensates. Where necessary, samples for pyrolysate work were cleaned up by an initial solvent extraction step. The spectra for the ATR part of the library were recorded using a single bounce, diamond window ATR accessory.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis library represents one of the most comprehensive, independent collections of infrared spectra that are commercially available. Drawing on Rapras international reputation as a centre of excellence and compiled by polymer analysts for polymer analysts it has proved, since the first edition appeared in 1992, to be of immense value to users from both academia and industry. The many improvements in this edition, particularly the inclusion of an ATR section and the enlargement of the range of polymer blends that are covered, will ensure that this library continues to be a must have acquisition for all those concerned with the analysis of polymers and polymer systems.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\nIntroduction\u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations\u003cbr\u003e1 Rubber Transmission Spectra\u003cbr\u003e2 Rubber Pyrolysate Spectra\u003cbr\u003e3 Plastics Transmission Spectra\u003cbr\u003e4 Plastics Pyrolysate Spectra\u003cbr\u003e5 Attenuated Total Reflection (ATR) Spectra\u003cbr\u003e6 Materials Index\u003cbr\u003e7 Tradename Index\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDr. Martin Forrest started his career in 1977 with James Walkers \u0026amp; Co. Ltd, and during this time he progressed to the position of Rubber Technologist, having obtained his first degree in Polymer Technology at the London School of Polymer Technology (LSPT). In 1983 he started a full time Master of Science course in Polymer Science and Technology at the LSPT. After being awarded his MSc in 1984, he completed a Ph.D. in Polymer Chemistry at Loughborough University in 1988.","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:26-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:26-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2007","ATR","book","elastomers","p-chemical","plastics","polymer","pyrolysate spectra","rubbers","thermoplastic","transmission spectra"],"price":39600,"price_min":39600,"price_max":39600,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378355524,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Rapra Collection of Infrared Spectra of Rubbers, Plastics and Thermoplastic Elastomers, Third Edition (The)","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":39600,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"Published: 2001","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-023-7.jpg?v=1499953982"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-023-7.jpg?v=1499953982","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358728990813,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-023-7.jpg?v=1499953982"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-023-7.jpg?v=1499953982","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: M. Forrest, Y. Davies and J. Davies \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-84735-023-7 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2007\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e420 pages, Wire bound\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nFor the 3rd Edition of this popular, authoritative and respected book, the collection has been completely revised and enlarged, with the addition of around 200 new spectra bringing the total number in the library to around 800. A number of improvements in the layout and design of the collection have been made. Some of these, such as a simpler classification system, clearer headings for the spectra, and the insertion of material indexes at the end of each section has been designed to make the library quicker and easier to use. It is also the case that, whereas the previous two editions were comprised of only four separate sub-libraries, covering the transmission and pyrolysate spectra of both rubber and plastic materials, another major improvement for this edition has been the incorporation of an additional, comprehensive library produced using a single bounce attenuated total reflectance (ATR) accessory. This is a very useful development, as since the publication of the second edition of this library in 1997, this type of ATR technique has acquired a high degree of popularity due to its many attributes, including speed and ease of use, the need for only small amounts of sample, and its virtually non-destructive nature.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAll the spectra in the collection have been collected and stored at a resolution of 4 cm-1 and are plotted as percentage transmittance against wavenumber. For the transmission and pyrolyate spectra, the wavenumber range shown is 400 to 4000 cm-1, whereas, for the single bounce, diamond window ATR spectra the range is 650 to 4000 cm-1.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe layout of the spectra has been changed for this edition - within each of the five sub-libraries spectra are listed in alphabetical order according to material type, which is displayed in the main heading above each spectrum. A number of polymer blends are represented in these sub-libraries, and the proportions of the polymers in the blend are also shown in this main heading. There is also a secondary heading for each spectrum, where as much additional information as possible has been provided, e.g., the trade name of the material, its manufacturer, compositional information, (e.g., fillers present), and the method of preparing the sample, (e.g., film cast from chloroform) for the recording of the spectrum.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAs mentioned above, transmission, pyrolysate, and ATR spectra are all present in the library. Two different approaches were used to produce the sample films that were used for the recording of the transmission spectra: hot pressing, and casting from a polymer solution. The pyrolysate spectra of the polymers were recorded from collected pyrolysis condensates. Where necessary, samples for pyrolysate work were cleaned up by an initial solvent extraction step. The spectra for the ATR part of the library were recorded using a single bounce, diamond window ATR accessory.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis library represents one of the most comprehensive, independent collections of infrared spectra that are commercially available. Drawing on Rapras international reputation as a centre of excellence and compiled by polymer analysts for polymer analysts it has proved, since the first edition appeared in 1992, to be of immense value to users from both academia and industry. The many improvements in this edition, particularly the inclusion of an ATR section and the enlargement of the range of polymer blends that are covered, will ensure that this library continues to be a must have acquisition for all those concerned with the analysis of polymers and polymer systems.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\nIntroduction\u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations\u003cbr\u003e1 Rubber Transmission Spectra\u003cbr\u003e2 Rubber Pyrolysate Spectra\u003cbr\u003e3 Plastics Transmission Spectra\u003cbr\u003e4 Plastics Pyrolysate Spectra\u003cbr\u003e5 Attenuated Total Reflection (ATR) Spectra\u003cbr\u003e6 Materials Index\u003cbr\u003e7 Tradename Index\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDr. Martin Forrest started his career in 1977 with James Walkers \u0026amp; Co. Ltd, and during this time he progressed to the position of Rubber Technologist, having obtained his first degree in Polymer Technology at the London School of Polymer Technology (LSPT). In 1983 he started a full time Master of Science course in Polymer Science and Technology at the LSPT. After being awarded his MSc in 1984, he completed a Ph.D. in Polymer Chemistry at Loughborough University in 1988."}
Rate of Equation for P...
$120.00
{"id":738272051300,"title":"Rate of Equation for Polymerization","handle":"rate-of-equation-for-polymerization","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eAuthors: Reiji Mezaki, Guang Hui Ma\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eISBN \u003cspan\u003e978-1-895198-16-4\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis book is a compilation of rate expressions for industrially important polymerization reactions which have appeared in major technical journals in both chemistry and chemical engineering. In this text we have selected only homo- polymer systems with the exception of polycondensation systems although co- polymers are more widely used. It is our intention to compile and publish the rate expressions for copolymerization reactions in a subsequent volume. In the polymer industry rate expressions are vital for the analysis optimal design and optimal operation of polymerization reactors. In reacting systems other than polymerization reaction comprehensive summaries of kinetic data have been published on may occasions. For polymerization reactions however no extensive compilation of rate expressions has been attempted even though many useful textbooks have been published for the study of polymerization kinetics. It is true that computer aided searches of pertinent databases assist chemists and chemical engineers in finding rate expressions needed for their studies. Yet computer surveys of data bases are sometimes time consuming and often costly. We hope that this book will be of service for those who wish to conduct an efficient survey of the rate expressions of interest to them. The contents of the book can be used in a variety of ways. For example chemists and chemical engineers can estimate polymerization rates for desired polymerization conditions by using the rate expressions assembled here. comparison of the rates thus estimated against rates determined for a newly developed initiator or catalyst furnishes a useful evaluation of the initiator or catalyst. For the development of polymerization rate models, we recommend that investigators modified models on the basis of their own data. In the area of polymerization reactions, it is generally recognized that rate expressions are totally different if the polymerization occurs in the region where diffusion process of reactants and\/or products are rate- determining. On some occasions needless to say rate expressions reported in the past can be used without modifying the form of the rate equations. However, the rate parameters contained in the equations must be reevaluated by using the experimental data gathered by the investigators themselves. The use of uniform units might be convenient for users of this book.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eNo attempts were made to have such uniformity in order to avoid errors that we might introduce during the process of converting the units. It should be noted that many important journals issued in Russia in Eastern Europe and in the People’s Republic of China were excluded in our search for rate expressions. This is mainly because some difficulties were experienced in obtaining both the original and the English versions of these journals. However, the authors sincerely hope that the publication of this book will encourage other interested persons to collect rate expressions published in the geographical regions mentioned above. Perhaps in this way, some collaborative efforts will result in a substantially more complete collection of rate expressions for polymerization reactions.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1.Introduction \u003cbr\u003e2.General Mechanism of Template Polymerization \u003cbr\u003e2.1 Template Polycondensation\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Chain Template Polymerization\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Template Copolymerization \u003cbr\u003e3.Templates and Orientation of Substrates on Template \u003cbr\u003e4.Examples of Template Polymerization\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Polyacids as Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Polyimines and Polyamines as Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Polybase Ionenes as Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Poly(ethylene oxide) and Poly(vinyl pyrrolidone) as Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Poly(methyl methacrylate) as Template\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Poly(vinylopyridines) as Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.7 Other Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.8 Multimonomers as Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.9 Ring-opening Polymerization\u003cbr\u003e5.Examples of Template Copolymerization\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Template Copolycondensation\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Ring Opening Template Copolymerization\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Radical Template Copolymerization\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1 Copolymerization with Participation of Multimonomers\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2 Copolymerization of Two Different Multimonomers \u003cbr\u003e5.3.3 Copolymerization without Multimonomers\u003cbr\u003e6.Examples of Template Polycondensation \u003cbr\u003e7.Secondary Reactions in Template Polymerization \u003cbr\u003e8.Kinetics of Template Polymerization \u003cbr\u003e8.2 Template Ring-opening Polymerization Kinetics \u003cbr\u003e8.3 Template Radical Polymerization Kinetics\u003cbr\u003e8.4 Kinetics of Multimonomer Polymerization 9.Products of Template Polymerization \u003cbr\u003e9.1 Polymers with Ladder-type Structure\u003cbr\u003e9.2 Polymer Complexes\u003cbr\u003e10.Potential Applications \u003cbr\u003e11.Experimental Techniques Used in the Study of Template Polymerization\u003cbr\u003e11.1 Methods of Examination of Polymerization Process\u003cbr\u003e11.2 Methods of Examination of Template Polymerization Products\u003cbr\u003e11.2.1 Polymeric Complexes\u003cbr\u003e11.2.2 Ladder Polymers","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:20-04:00","created_at":"2018-04-05T20:38:23-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["1985","alloys","blends","book","japan","japanese patent","polymer","polymers"],"price":12000,"price_min":12000,"price_max":12000,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":8103396311140,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Rate of Equation for Polymerization","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":12000,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-895198-16-4","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-895198-16-4.jpg?v=1522975454"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-895198-16-4.jpg?v=1522975454","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":810376101981,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-895198-16-4.jpg?v=1522975454"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-895198-16-4.jpg?v=1522975454","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eAuthors: Reiji Mezaki, Guang Hui Ma\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eISBN \u003cspan\u003e978-1-895198-16-4\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis book is a compilation of rate expressions for industrially important polymerization reactions which have appeared in major technical journals in both chemistry and chemical engineering. In this text we have selected only homo- polymer systems with the exception of polycondensation systems although co- polymers are more widely used. It is our intention to compile and publish the rate expressions for copolymerization reactions in a subsequent volume. In the polymer industry rate expressions are vital for the analysis optimal design and optimal operation of polymerization reactors. In reacting systems other than polymerization reaction comprehensive summaries of kinetic data have been published on may occasions. For polymerization reactions however no extensive compilation of rate expressions has been attempted even though many useful textbooks have been published for the study of polymerization kinetics. It is true that computer aided searches of pertinent databases assist chemists and chemical engineers in finding rate expressions needed for their studies. Yet computer surveys of data bases are sometimes time consuming and often costly. We hope that this book will be of service for those who wish to conduct an efficient survey of the rate expressions of interest to them. The contents of the book can be used in a variety of ways. For example chemists and chemical engineers can estimate polymerization rates for desired polymerization conditions by using the rate expressions assembled here. comparison of the rates thus estimated against rates determined for a newly developed initiator or catalyst furnishes a useful evaluation of the initiator or catalyst. For the development of polymerization rate models, we recommend that investigators modified models on the basis of their own data. In the area of polymerization reactions, it is generally recognized that rate expressions are totally different if the polymerization occurs in the region where diffusion process of reactants and\/or products are rate- determining. On some occasions needless to say rate expressions reported in the past can be used without modifying the form of the rate equations. However, the rate parameters contained in the equations must be reevaluated by using the experimental data gathered by the investigators themselves. The use of uniform units might be convenient for users of this book.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eNo attempts were made to have such uniformity in order to avoid errors that we might introduce during the process of converting the units. It should be noted that many important journals issued in Russia in Eastern Europe and in the People’s Republic of China were excluded in our search for rate expressions. This is mainly because some difficulties were experienced in obtaining both the original and the English versions of these journals. However, the authors sincerely hope that the publication of this book will encourage other interested persons to collect rate expressions published in the geographical regions mentioned above. Perhaps in this way, some collaborative efforts will result in a substantially more complete collection of rate expressions for polymerization reactions.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1.Introduction \u003cbr\u003e2.General Mechanism of Template Polymerization \u003cbr\u003e2.1 Template Polycondensation\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Chain Template Polymerization\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Template Copolymerization \u003cbr\u003e3.Templates and Orientation of Substrates on Template \u003cbr\u003e4.Examples of Template Polymerization\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Polyacids as Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Polyimines and Polyamines as Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Polybase Ionenes as Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Poly(ethylene oxide) and Poly(vinyl pyrrolidone) as Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Poly(methyl methacrylate) as Template\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Poly(vinylopyridines) as Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.7 Other Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.8 Multimonomers as Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.9 Ring-opening Polymerization\u003cbr\u003e5.Examples of Template Copolymerization\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Template Copolycondensation\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Ring Opening Template Copolymerization\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Radical Template Copolymerization\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1 Copolymerization with Participation of Multimonomers\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2 Copolymerization of Two Different Multimonomers \u003cbr\u003e5.3.3 Copolymerization without Multimonomers\u003cbr\u003e6.Examples of Template Polycondensation \u003cbr\u003e7.Secondary Reactions in Template Polymerization \u003cbr\u003e8.Kinetics of Template Polymerization \u003cbr\u003e8.2 Template Ring-opening Polymerization Kinetics \u003cbr\u003e8.3 Template Radical Polymerization Kinetics\u003cbr\u003e8.4 Kinetics of Multimonomer Polymerization 9.Products of Template Polymerization \u003cbr\u003e9.1 Polymers with Ladder-type Structure\u003cbr\u003e9.2 Polymer Complexes\u003cbr\u003e10.Potential Applications \u003cbr\u003e11.Experimental Techniques Used in the Study of Template Polymerization\u003cbr\u003e11.1 Methods of Examination of Polymerization Process\u003cbr\u003e11.2 Methods of Examination of Template Polymerization Products\u003cbr\u003e11.2.1 Polymeric Complexes\u003cbr\u003e11.2.2 Ladder Polymers"}
REACH for the Polymer ...
$125.00
{"id":11242240836,"title":"REACH for the Polymer Industry - A Practical Guide","handle":"9781847356208","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Polymer REACH Consortium \u003cbr\u003eISBN 9781847356208 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePublished: 2012\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThis book has been produced by the EU Leonardo Project called Polymer REACH. The overall objective of Polymer REACH was to develop an e-learning platform and training materials for the European polymer industry to learn and understand how to manage their obligations under the European legislation - Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation, and Restriction of Chemicals (REACH). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book forms part of the training materials which will complement the industry-specific e-learning platform to enable the polymer industry to learn how to manage their obligations under REACH. The overall impact will be an increase in the knowledge base of the polymer industry on REACH, which will in turn help to increase competitiveness and sustainability of the sector.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book will be useful to anyone who works with polymers or the chemicals that are used to make polymers, whether they are end-users or suppliers. REACH is affecting everyone concerned with the polymer industry and this book will help them to prepare for the impact and consequences of the REACH legislation.\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 Mechanical Properties of Polymers\u003cbr\u003e1.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e1.2 Tensile Strength\u003cbr\u003e1.2.1 Electronic Dynamometer Testing of Tensile Properties\u003cbr\u003e1.3 Flexural Modulus (Modulus of Elasticity)\u003cbr\u003e1.3.1 Torsion Test\u003cbr\u003e1.3.2 Hand Test\u003cbr\u003e1.4 Elongation at Break\u003cbr\u003e1.4.1 Basic Creep Data\u003cbr\u003e1.5 Strain at Yield\u003cbr\u003e1.5.1 Isochronous Stress-strain Curves\u003cbr\u003e1.5.2 Stress-time Curves\u003cbr\u003e1.5.3 Stress-temperature Curves\u003cbr\u003e1.5.4 Extrapolation Techniques\u003cbr\u003e1.5.5 Basic Parameters\u003cbr\u003e1.5.6 Recovery in Stress Phenomena\u003cbr\u003e1.5.7 Stress Relaxation\u003cbr\u003e1.5.8 Rupture Data\u003cbr\u003e1.5.9 Long-term Strain-time Data\u003cbr\u003e1.6 Impact Strength Characteristics of Polymers\u003cbr\u003e1.6.1 Notched Izod Impact Strength\u003cbr\u003e1.6.2 Falling Weight Impact Test\u003cbr\u003e1.6.3 Notch Sensitivity\u003cbr\u003e1.6.4 Falling Weight Impact Tests: Further Discussion\u003cbr\u003e1.6.5 Effect of Molecular Parameters\u003cbr\u003e1.7 Shear Strength\u003cbr\u003e1.8 Elongation in Tension\u003cbr\u003e1.9 Deformation Under Load\u003cbr\u003e1.10 Compressive Set (Permanent Deformation)\u003cbr\u003e1.11 Mould Shrinkage\u003cbr\u003e1.12 Coefficient of Friction\u003cbr\u003e1.13 Fatigue Index\u003cbr\u003e1.14 Toughness\u003cbr\u003e1.15 Abrasion Resistance or Wear\u003cbr\u003e1.16 Effect of Reinforcing Agents and Fillers on Mechanical Properties\u003cbr\u003e1.16.1 Glass Fibres\u003cbr\u003e1.16.1.1 Poly Tetrafluoroethylene\u003cbr\u003e1.16.2 Polyethylene Terephthalate\u003cbr\u003e1.16.2.1 Polyether Ether Ketone\u003cbr\u003e1.16.2.2 Polyimide\u003cbr\u003e1.16.2.3 Polyamide Imide\u003cbr\u003e1.16.3 Calcium Carbonate\u003cbr\u003e1.16.4 Modified Clays\u003cbr\u003e1.16.5 Polymer-silicon Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e1.16.6 Carbon Fibres\u003cbr\u003e1.16.7 Carbon Nanotubes\u003cbr\u003e1.16.8 Miscellaneous Fillers\/Reinforcing Agents.\u003cbr\u003e1.16.9 Test Methods for Fibre Reinforced Plastics\u003cbr\u003e1.17 Application of Dynamic Mechanical Analysis.\u003cbr\u003e1.17.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e1.17.2 Instrumentation (Appendix 1)\u003cbr\u003e1.17.3 Fixed Frequency Mode\u003cbr\u003e1.17.3.1 Resonant Frequency Mode\u003cbr\u003e1.17.3.2 Stress Relaxation Mode\u003cbr\u003e1.17.3.3 Creep Mode\u003cbr\u003e1.17.3.4 Projection of Material Behaviour using Superpositioning\u003cbr\u003e1.17.3.5 Prediction of Polymer Impact Resistance\u003cbr\u003e1.17.3.6 Effect of Processing on Loss Modulus\u003cbr\u003e1.17.3.7 Material Selection for Elevated-temperature Applications\u003cbr\u003e1.17.3.8 Storage Modulus\u003cbr\u003e1.17.3.9 Frequency Dependence of Modulation and Elasticity\u003cbr\u003e1.17.3.10 Elastomer Low-Temperature Properties\u003cbr\u003e1.17.3.11 Tensile Modulus\u003cbr\u003e1.17.3.12 Stress-strain Relationships\u003cbr\u003e1.17.3.13 Viscosity\u003cbr\u003e1.17.3.14 Miscellaneous Applications of Dynamic Mechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e1.18 Rheology and Viscoelasticity\u003cbr\u003e1.19 Physical Testing of Rubbers and Elastomers\u003cbr\u003e1.19.1 Measurement of Rheological Properties\u003cbr\u003e1.19.2 Viscosity and Elasticity\u003cbr\u003e1.19.3 Brittleness Point (Low-temperature Crystallisation)\u003cbr\u003e1.19.4 Flexing Test\u003cbr\u003e1.19.5 Deformation\u003cbr\u003e1.19.6 Tensile Properties\u003cbr\u003e1.19.7 Mechanical Stability of Natural and Synthetic Lattices\u003cbr\u003e1.19.8 Abrasion Test\u003cbr\u003e1.19.9 Peel Adhesion Test\u003cbr\u003e1.19.10 Ozone Resistance Test\u003cbr\u003e1.20 Physical Testing of Polymer Powders\u003cbr\u003e1.20.1 Ultraviolet and Outdoor Resistance\u003cbr\u003e1.20.2 Artificial Weathering\u003cbr\u003e1.20.3 Natural Weathering\u003cbr\u003e1.20.4 Reactivity\u003cbr\u003e1.20.5 Melt Viscosity\u003cbr\u003e1.20.6 Loss on Stoving\u003cbr\u003e1.20.7 True Density\u003cbr\u003e1.20.8 Bulk Density\u003cbr\u003e1.20.9 Powder Flow\u003cbr\u003e1.20.10 Test for Cure\u003cbr\u003e1.20.11 Electrical Properties\u003cbr\u003e1.20.12 Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e1.20.13 Particle-size Distribution\u003cbr\u003e1.20.13.1 Methods Based on Electrical Sensing Zone (Coulter Principle)\u003cbr\u003e1.20.13.2 Laser Particle Size Analysers\u003cbr\u003e1.20.13.3 Photon Correlation Spectroscopy (Autocorrelation Spectroscopy)\u003cbr\u003e1.20.13.4 Sedimentation.\u003cbr\u003e1.20.13.5 Acoustic Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e1.20.13.6 Capillary Hydrodynamic Fractionation\u003cbr\u003e1.20.13.7 Small-angle Light Scattering\u003cbr\u003e1.21 Plastic Pipe Materials\u003cbr\u003e1.22 Plastic Film\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2 Thermal Properties of Polymers\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Linear Co-efficient of Expansion\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Mould Shrinkage\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Distortion Temperature\u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Heat Distortion Temperature at 0.45 MPa (°C)\u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Heat Distortion Temperature at 1.80 MPa (°C)\u003cbr\u003e2.4 Brittleness Temperature (Low-temperature Embrittlement Temperature)\u003cbr\u003e2.5 Melting Temperature\u003cbr\u003e2.6 Maximum Operating Temperature\u003cbr\u003e2.7 Melt Flow Index\u003cbr\u003e2.8 VICAT Softening Point\u003cbr\u003e2.9 Thermal Conductivity\u003cbr\u003e2.10 Specific Heat\u003cbr\u003e2.10.1 Hot-wire Techniques\u003cbr\u003e2.10.2 Transient Plane Source Technique\u003cbr\u003e2.10.3 Laser Flash Technique\u003cbr\u003e2.10.4 Thermal Diffusivity\u003cbr\u003e2.11 Maximum Filming Temperature\u003cbr\u003e2.12 Heat at Volatilisation\u003cbr\u003e2.13 Glass Transition Temperature\u003cbr\u003e2.13.1 Differential Scanning Calorimetry\u003cbr\u003e2.13.1.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e2.14 Thermomechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e2.14.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e2.15 Dynamic Mechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e2.16 Differential Thermal Analysis and \u003cbr\u003eThermogravimetric Analysis\u003cbr\u003e2.17 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e2.18 Dielectric Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e2.19 Inverse Gas Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e2.20 Alpha, Beta and Gamma Transitions\u003cbr\u003e2.20.1 Differential Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e2.20.2 Dynamic Mechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e2.20.3 Dielectric Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e2.20.4 Thermomechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e2.20.5 Infrared Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3 Electrical Properties\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Volume Resistivity\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Dielectric Strength\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Dielectric Constant\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Dissipation Factor\u003cbr\u003e3.5 Surface Arc Resistance\u003cbr\u003e3.6 Tracking Resistance\u003cbr\u003e3.7 Electrical Resistance and Resistivity\u003cbr\u003e3.8 Electrical Conductivity\u003cbr\u003e3.9 Electronically Conducting Polymers\u003cbr\u003e3.10 Applications of Dielectric Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4 Other Physical Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Surface Hardness\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Specific Gravity and Bulk Density\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Gas Barrier Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Optical Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.4.1 Haze, Glass and Surface Roughness\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2 Light Scattering\u003cbr\u003e4.4.3 Optical Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.4.4 Electro-optical Effect\u003cbr\u003e4.4.5 Infrared Optical Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Monitoring of Resin Cure\u003cbr\u003e4.5.1 Thermally Cured Resins\u003cbr\u003e4.5.1.1 Dynamic Mechanical Thermal \u003cbr\u003eAnalysis Application in Resin Curing\u003cbr\u003e4.5.1.2 Dielectric Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e4.5.1.3 Differential Scanning Calorimetry\u003cbr\u003e4.5.1.4 Fibreoptic Sensors to Monitor Resin Cure\u003cbr\u003e4.5.1.5 Thermal Conductivity\u003cbr\u003e4.5.2 Photo-chemically Cured Resins\u003cbr\u003e4.5.2.1 Differential Photo-calorimetry\u003cbr\u003e4.5.2.2 Infrared and Ultraviolet Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e4.5.2.3 Dynamic Mechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e4.5.2.4 Gas Chromatography-based Methods\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Adhesion Studies\u003cbr\u003e4.7 Viscoelastic and Rheological Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.7.1 Dynamic Mechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e4.7.2 Thermomechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5 Thermal Stability\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Thermogravimetric Analysis\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Differential Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Differential Scanning Calorimetry\u003cbr\u003e5.4 Thermal Volatilisation Analysis\u003cbr\u003e5.5 Evolved Gas Analysis\u003cbr\u003e5.6 Fourier-transform Infrared Spectroscopy and Differential Scanning Calorimetry Fourier-transform Infrared Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e5.7 Mass Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e5.8 Pyrolysis-Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e5.9 Effect of Metals on Heat Stability\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6 Thermo-oxidative Stability\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Thermogravimetric Analysis\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Differential Scanning Calorimetry\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Evolved Gas Analysis\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Infrared Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e6.5 Electron Spin Resonance Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e6.6 Matrix-assisted Laser Desorption\/Ionisation Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e6.7 Imaging Chemiluminescence\u003cbr\u003e6.8 Pyrolysis-based Techniques\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7 Assessment of Polymer Stability\u003cbr\u003e7.1 Light Stability\u003cbr\u003e7.1.1 Ultraviolet Light Weathering\u003cbr\u003e7.1.2 Natural Weathering Tests\u003cbr\u003e7.2 Protective Action of Pigments and Stabilisers\u003cbr\u003e7.2.1 Effect of Pigments\u003cbr\u003e7.2.2 Effect of Carbon Black\u003cbr\u003e7.2.3 Effect of Sunlight on Impact Strength\u003cbr\u003e7.2.4 Effect of Thickness\u003cbr\u003e7.2.5 Effect of Stress during Exposure\u003cbr\u003e7.3 Gamma Radiation\u003cbr\u003e7.4 Electron Irradiation\u003cbr\u003e7.5 Irradiation by Carbon Ion Beam\u003cbr\u003e7.6 Irradiation by Alpha Particles and Protons\u003cbr\u003e7.7 Prediction of the Service Lifetimes of Polymers\u003cbr\u003e7.8 Water Absorption\u003cbr\u003e7.9 Chemical Resistance\u003cbr\u003e7.9.1 Detergent Resistance\u003cbr\u003e7.10 Hydrolytic Stability\u003cbr\u003e7.11 Resistance to Gases\u003cbr\u003e7.12 Resistance to Solvents\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e8 Selecting a Suitable Polymer\u003cbr\u003e8.1 Selection of a Polymer to be used in the Manufacture of a Battery Case\u003cbr\u003e8.2 Selection of a Polymer that will be in Continuous use at High Temperatures\u003cbr\u003e8.3 Selection of a Polymer with Excellent \u003cbr\u003eUltraviolet Stability\u003cbr\u003eAppendix 1 – Instrument Suppliers\u003cbr\u003eAppendix 2 – Mechanical properties of polymers\u003cbr\u003eAppendix 3 – Thermal properties of polymers\u003cbr\u003eAppendix 4 – Electrical properties of polymers\u003cbr\u003eAppendix 5 – Other physical properties\u003cbr\u003eAppendix 6 – Assessment of polymer stability\u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations\u003cbr\u003eIndex","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:45-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:45-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2012","adhesion","book","electrical properties","elongation","mechanical propertis","p-properties","polymer REACH","polymer stability","properties of polymer","REACH legislation","thermal properties","thermal stability","thermo-oxidative stability"],"price":12500,"price_min":12500,"price_max":12500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378435140,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"REACH for the Polymer Industry - A Practical Guide","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":12500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"9781847356208","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/9781847356208.jpg?v=1499644947"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/9781847356208.jpg?v=1499644947","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358729023581,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.665,"height":499,"width":332,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/9781847356208.jpg?v=1499644947"},"aspect_ratio":0.665,"height":499,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/9781847356208.jpg?v=1499644947","width":332}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Polymer REACH Consortium \u003cbr\u003eISBN 9781847356208 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePublished: 2012\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThis book has been produced by the EU Leonardo Project called Polymer REACH. The overall objective of Polymer REACH was to develop an e-learning platform and training materials for the European polymer industry to learn and understand how to manage their obligations under the European legislation - Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation, and Restriction of Chemicals (REACH). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book forms part of the training materials which will complement the industry-specific e-learning platform to enable the polymer industry to learn how to manage their obligations under REACH. The overall impact will be an increase in the knowledge base of the polymer industry on REACH, which will in turn help to increase competitiveness and sustainability of the sector.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book will be useful to anyone who works with polymers or the chemicals that are used to make polymers, whether they are end-users or suppliers. REACH is affecting everyone concerned with the polymer industry and this book will help them to prepare for the impact and consequences of the REACH legislation.\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 Mechanical Properties of Polymers\u003cbr\u003e1.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e1.2 Tensile Strength\u003cbr\u003e1.2.1 Electronic Dynamometer Testing of Tensile Properties\u003cbr\u003e1.3 Flexural Modulus (Modulus of Elasticity)\u003cbr\u003e1.3.1 Torsion Test\u003cbr\u003e1.3.2 Hand Test\u003cbr\u003e1.4 Elongation at Break\u003cbr\u003e1.4.1 Basic Creep Data\u003cbr\u003e1.5 Strain at Yield\u003cbr\u003e1.5.1 Isochronous Stress-strain Curves\u003cbr\u003e1.5.2 Stress-time Curves\u003cbr\u003e1.5.3 Stress-temperature Curves\u003cbr\u003e1.5.4 Extrapolation Techniques\u003cbr\u003e1.5.5 Basic Parameters\u003cbr\u003e1.5.6 Recovery in Stress Phenomena\u003cbr\u003e1.5.7 Stress Relaxation\u003cbr\u003e1.5.8 Rupture Data\u003cbr\u003e1.5.9 Long-term Strain-time Data\u003cbr\u003e1.6 Impact Strength Characteristics of Polymers\u003cbr\u003e1.6.1 Notched Izod Impact Strength\u003cbr\u003e1.6.2 Falling Weight Impact Test\u003cbr\u003e1.6.3 Notch Sensitivity\u003cbr\u003e1.6.4 Falling Weight Impact Tests: Further Discussion\u003cbr\u003e1.6.5 Effect of Molecular Parameters\u003cbr\u003e1.7 Shear Strength\u003cbr\u003e1.8 Elongation in Tension\u003cbr\u003e1.9 Deformation Under Load\u003cbr\u003e1.10 Compressive Set (Permanent Deformation)\u003cbr\u003e1.11 Mould Shrinkage\u003cbr\u003e1.12 Coefficient of Friction\u003cbr\u003e1.13 Fatigue Index\u003cbr\u003e1.14 Toughness\u003cbr\u003e1.15 Abrasion Resistance or Wear\u003cbr\u003e1.16 Effect of Reinforcing Agents and Fillers on Mechanical Properties\u003cbr\u003e1.16.1 Glass Fibres\u003cbr\u003e1.16.1.1 Poly Tetrafluoroethylene\u003cbr\u003e1.16.2 Polyethylene Terephthalate\u003cbr\u003e1.16.2.1 Polyether Ether Ketone\u003cbr\u003e1.16.2.2 Polyimide\u003cbr\u003e1.16.2.3 Polyamide Imide\u003cbr\u003e1.16.3 Calcium Carbonate\u003cbr\u003e1.16.4 Modified Clays\u003cbr\u003e1.16.5 Polymer-silicon Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e1.16.6 Carbon Fibres\u003cbr\u003e1.16.7 Carbon Nanotubes\u003cbr\u003e1.16.8 Miscellaneous Fillers\/Reinforcing Agents.\u003cbr\u003e1.16.9 Test Methods for Fibre Reinforced Plastics\u003cbr\u003e1.17 Application of Dynamic Mechanical Analysis.\u003cbr\u003e1.17.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e1.17.2 Instrumentation (Appendix 1)\u003cbr\u003e1.17.3 Fixed Frequency Mode\u003cbr\u003e1.17.3.1 Resonant Frequency Mode\u003cbr\u003e1.17.3.2 Stress Relaxation Mode\u003cbr\u003e1.17.3.3 Creep Mode\u003cbr\u003e1.17.3.4 Projection of Material Behaviour using Superpositioning\u003cbr\u003e1.17.3.5 Prediction of Polymer Impact Resistance\u003cbr\u003e1.17.3.6 Effect of Processing on Loss Modulus\u003cbr\u003e1.17.3.7 Material Selection for Elevated-temperature Applications\u003cbr\u003e1.17.3.8 Storage Modulus\u003cbr\u003e1.17.3.9 Frequency Dependence of Modulation and Elasticity\u003cbr\u003e1.17.3.10 Elastomer Low-Temperature Properties\u003cbr\u003e1.17.3.11 Tensile Modulus\u003cbr\u003e1.17.3.12 Stress-strain Relationships\u003cbr\u003e1.17.3.13 Viscosity\u003cbr\u003e1.17.3.14 Miscellaneous Applications of Dynamic Mechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e1.18 Rheology and Viscoelasticity\u003cbr\u003e1.19 Physical Testing of Rubbers and Elastomers\u003cbr\u003e1.19.1 Measurement of Rheological Properties\u003cbr\u003e1.19.2 Viscosity and Elasticity\u003cbr\u003e1.19.3 Brittleness Point (Low-temperature Crystallisation)\u003cbr\u003e1.19.4 Flexing Test\u003cbr\u003e1.19.5 Deformation\u003cbr\u003e1.19.6 Tensile Properties\u003cbr\u003e1.19.7 Mechanical Stability of Natural and Synthetic Lattices\u003cbr\u003e1.19.8 Abrasion Test\u003cbr\u003e1.19.9 Peel Adhesion Test\u003cbr\u003e1.19.10 Ozone Resistance Test\u003cbr\u003e1.20 Physical Testing of Polymer Powders\u003cbr\u003e1.20.1 Ultraviolet and Outdoor Resistance\u003cbr\u003e1.20.2 Artificial Weathering\u003cbr\u003e1.20.3 Natural Weathering\u003cbr\u003e1.20.4 Reactivity\u003cbr\u003e1.20.5 Melt Viscosity\u003cbr\u003e1.20.6 Loss on Stoving\u003cbr\u003e1.20.7 True Density\u003cbr\u003e1.20.8 Bulk Density\u003cbr\u003e1.20.9 Powder Flow\u003cbr\u003e1.20.10 Test for Cure\u003cbr\u003e1.20.11 Electrical Properties\u003cbr\u003e1.20.12 Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e1.20.13 Particle-size Distribution\u003cbr\u003e1.20.13.1 Methods Based on Electrical Sensing Zone (Coulter Principle)\u003cbr\u003e1.20.13.2 Laser Particle Size Analysers\u003cbr\u003e1.20.13.3 Photon Correlation Spectroscopy (Autocorrelation Spectroscopy)\u003cbr\u003e1.20.13.4 Sedimentation.\u003cbr\u003e1.20.13.5 Acoustic Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e1.20.13.6 Capillary Hydrodynamic Fractionation\u003cbr\u003e1.20.13.7 Small-angle Light Scattering\u003cbr\u003e1.21 Plastic Pipe Materials\u003cbr\u003e1.22 Plastic Film\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2 Thermal Properties of Polymers\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Linear Co-efficient of Expansion\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Mould Shrinkage\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Distortion Temperature\u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Heat Distortion Temperature at 0.45 MPa (°C)\u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Heat Distortion Temperature at 1.80 MPa (°C)\u003cbr\u003e2.4 Brittleness Temperature (Low-temperature Embrittlement Temperature)\u003cbr\u003e2.5 Melting Temperature\u003cbr\u003e2.6 Maximum Operating Temperature\u003cbr\u003e2.7 Melt Flow Index\u003cbr\u003e2.8 VICAT Softening Point\u003cbr\u003e2.9 Thermal Conductivity\u003cbr\u003e2.10 Specific Heat\u003cbr\u003e2.10.1 Hot-wire Techniques\u003cbr\u003e2.10.2 Transient Plane Source Technique\u003cbr\u003e2.10.3 Laser Flash Technique\u003cbr\u003e2.10.4 Thermal Diffusivity\u003cbr\u003e2.11 Maximum Filming Temperature\u003cbr\u003e2.12 Heat at Volatilisation\u003cbr\u003e2.13 Glass Transition Temperature\u003cbr\u003e2.13.1 Differential Scanning Calorimetry\u003cbr\u003e2.13.1.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e2.14 Thermomechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e2.14.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e2.15 Dynamic Mechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e2.16 Differential Thermal Analysis and \u003cbr\u003eThermogravimetric Analysis\u003cbr\u003e2.17 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e2.18 Dielectric Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e2.19 Inverse Gas Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e2.20 Alpha, Beta and Gamma Transitions\u003cbr\u003e2.20.1 Differential Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e2.20.2 Dynamic Mechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e2.20.3 Dielectric Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e2.20.4 Thermomechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e2.20.5 Infrared Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3 Electrical Properties\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Volume Resistivity\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Dielectric Strength\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Dielectric Constant\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Dissipation Factor\u003cbr\u003e3.5 Surface Arc Resistance\u003cbr\u003e3.6 Tracking Resistance\u003cbr\u003e3.7 Electrical Resistance and Resistivity\u003cbr\u003e3.8 Electrical Conductivity\u003cbr\u003e3.9 Electronically Conducting Polymers\u003cbr\u003e3.10 Applications of Dielectric Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4 Other Physical Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Surface Hardness\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Specific Gravity and Bulk Density\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Gas Barrier Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Optical Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.4.1 Haze, Glass and Surface Roughness\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2 Light Scattering\u003cbr\u003e4.4.3 Optical Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.4.4 Electro-optical Effect\u003cbr\u003e4.4.5 Infrared Optical Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Monitoring of Resin Cure\u003cbr\u003e4.5.1 Thermally Cured Resins\u003cbr\u003e4.5.1.1 Dynamic Mechanical Thermal \u003cbr\u003eAnalysis Application in Resin Curing\u003cbr\u003e4.5.1.2 Dielectric Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e4.5.1.3 Differential Scanning Calorimetry\u003cbr\u003e4.5.1.4 Fibreoptic Sensors to Monitor Resin Cure\u003cbr\u003e4.5.1.5 Thermal Conductivity\u003cbr\u003e4.5.2 Photo-chemically Cured Resins\u003cbr\u003e4.5.2.1 Differential Photo-calorimetry\u003cbr\u003e4.5.2.2 Infrared and Ultraviolet Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e4.5.2.3 Dynamic Mechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e4.5.2.4 Gas Chromatography-based Methods\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Adhesion Studies\u003cbr\u003e4.7 Viscoelastic and Rheological Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.7.1 Dynamic Mechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e4.7.2 Thermomechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5 Thermal Stability\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Thermogravimetric Analysis\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Differential Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Differential Scanning Calorimetry\u003cbr\u003e5.4 Thermal Volatilisation Analysis\u003cbr\u003e5.5 Evolved Gas Analysis\u003cbr\u003e5.6 Fourier-transform Infrared Spectroscopy and Differential Scanning Calorimetry Fourier-transform Infrared Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e5.7 Mass Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e5.8 Pyrolysis-Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e5.9 Effect of Metals on Heat Stability\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6 Thermo-oxidative Stability\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Thermogravimetric Analysis\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Differential Scanning Calorimetry\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Evolved Gas Analysis\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Infrared Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e6.5 Electron Spin Resonance Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e6.6 Matrix-assisted Laser Desorption\/Ionisation Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e6.7 Imaging Chemiluminescence\u003cbr\u003e6.8 Pyrolysis-based Techniques\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7 Assessment of Polymer Stability\u003cbr\u003e7.1 Light Stability\u003cbr\u003e7.1.1 Ultraviolet Light Weathering\u003cbr\u003e7.1.2 Natural Weathering Tests\u003cbr\u003e7.2 Protective Action of Pigments and Stabilisers\u003cbr\u003e7.2.1 Effect of Pigments\u003cbr\u003e7.2.2 Effect of Carbon Black\u003cbr\u003e7.2.3 Effect of Sunlight on Impact Strength\u003cbr\u003e7.2.4 Effect of Thickness\u003cbr\u003e7.2.5 Effect of Stress during Exposure\u003cbr\u003e7.3 Gamma Radiation\u003cbr\u003e7.4 Electron Irradiation\u003cbr\u003e7.5 Irradiation by Carbon Ion Beam\u003cbr\u003e7.6 Irradiation by Alpha Particles and Protons\u003cbr\u003e7.7 Prediction of the Service Lifetimes of Polymers\u003cbr\u003e7.8 Water Absorption\u003cbr\u003e7.9 Chemical Resistance\u003cbr\u003e7.9.1 Detergent Resistance\u003cbr\u003e7.10 Hydrolytic Stability\u003cbr\u003e7.11 Resistance to Gases\u003cbr\u003e7.12 Resistance to Solvents\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e8 Selecting a Suitable Polymer\u003cbr\u003e8.1 Selection of a Polymer to be used in the Manufacture of a Battery Case\u003cbr\u003e8.2 Selection of a Polymer that will be in Continuous use at High Temperatures\u003cbr\u003e8.3 Selection of a Polymer with Excellent \u003cbr\u003eUltraviolet Stability\u003cbr\u003eAppendix 1 – Instrument Suppliers\u003cbr\u003eAppendix 2 – Mechanical properties of polymers\u003cbr\u003eAppendix 3 – Thermal properties of polymers\u003cbr\u003eAppendix 4 – Electrical properties of polymers\u003cbr\u003eAppendix 5 – Other physical properties\u003cbr\u003eAppendix 6 – Assessment of polymer stability\u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations\u003cbr\u003eIndex"}
REACH USA 2011
$165.00
{"id":11242231812,"title":"REACH USA 2011","handle":"978-1-84735-629-1","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Conference \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-84735-629-1 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2011\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e9th International Conference on the Registration, Evaluation, and Authorisation of Chemicals and its Impact on US Trade\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n30 November 2010 marked the deadline for chemical producers and importers to register all high volume and potentially toxic substances. Chemicals that have not been registered with the requisite safety information by this date are to be withdrawn from the market under the \"no data, no market\" ruling, giving the potential to cause untold chaos in chemical supply chains. Indeed, successes and failures from this first set of REACH registrations in 2010 are expected to impact the use of products on the EU market and beyond, as well as influence chemical legislation initiatives across the globe. In particular, industry and regulators will become engaged with Evaluation during 2011, where data submitted in registration dossiers are reviewed and potentially challenged.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIn 2011 customers in the EU will begin facing the knock-on requirements of registrations from 2010, changes in classification under the EU implementation of the Globally Harmonised System (GHS), conditions imposed by Exposure Scenarios and even 'uses advised against'. Not only are there widespread concerns over the EU's implementation of the GHS for the classification, labelling, and packaging of substances (CLP), but 2011 also brings new obligations, such as the need to notify substances of very high concern (SVHC) to the European Chemicals Agency (ECHA). In the US plans to introduce the GHS will undoubtedly cause similar fears.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAt the same time, the next registration deadline is only 2 ½ years away. This second phase of Registration presents additional management hurdles, as it involves a large number of substances that may be relatively 'data poor' compared with substances registered in 2010. Companies must already begin planning, in particular with regards to budgeting for this next step in REACH.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2011, therefore, presents industry and regulators with a critical year for gaining experience with how REACH actually works in practice. In turn, changes in official guidance and a legislative review in 2012 offer the possibility of improvements to the workability of REACH.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWhether you're a cosmetics company, an aerospace manufacturer or a raw material supplier, REACH applies to you. These proceedings cover all the presentations from the conference which enveloped some of the vital lessons that have been learned, how the next deadlines in 2013 will affect the way you do business and what damage limitation controls can be put in place for 2011 when many fail to meet their obligations.\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eSession 1: REACH – Experiences \u0026amp; Updates \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 1 \u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eKeynote Presentation REACH update and progress on registration \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003eEva Sandberg, European Chemicals Agency (ECHA), Finland \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 2 \u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eManaging dossiers – deadlines and updates \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003eDr. Steffen Erler, Smithers Viscient, UK \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 3 \u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eLessons learned from REACH implementation and thoughts for going forward to 2013 \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003eThomas G Grumbles, Cardno ENTRIX, USA \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eSession 2: Technical Complexities \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 4 \u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eNavigating REACH from a small business perspective \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003eApril A Cesaretti, The HallStar Company, USA \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 5 \u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eUse of science in REACH regulatory affairs \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003eDr. Robbie Waites, SABIC Innovative Plastics, USA \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 6 \u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eConsortium Management – How will best practice evolve in the period to 2013 \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaul Ashford, Caleb Management Services Ltd, UK \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eSession 3: Tools \u0026amp; Methods \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 7 Legal interpretations and challenges Ruxandra Cana, Field Fisher Waterhouse LLP, Belgium PAPER UNAVAILABLE \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 8 Sens-it-iv: in vitro methods for sensitisation Erwin Roggen, Novozymes AS, Denmark \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 9 Exposure in the supply chain: from development to implementation \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003eTine Vandenbrouck \u0026amp; Elke Van Asbroeck, Apeiron-Team NV, Belgium \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 10 The extended safety datasheet – challenges and opportunities \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003eDr. Mark Pemberton, Lucite International UK Ltd, UK \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eSession 4: Safe Use, Restriction, and Authorisation \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 11 From use descriptors to safe use - one more step in the REACH journey \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003eBarry Clayton, Reichhold Inc, USA \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 12 SVHC duties as we move towards notification and authorisation \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003eEva Sandberg, European Chemicals Agency (ECHA), Finland \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 13 SIN list, restriction \u0026amp; authorisation \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003eJerker Ligthart \u0026amp;, Nardono Nimpuno International Chemical Secretariat, Sweden \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eSession 5: Managing SVHCs \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 14 SVHCs in articles \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003eDave Bender, Tyco Electronics, USA \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 15 Managing substances of very high concern in the retail sector \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003eSimon Brearley, The REACH Centre Ltd, UK \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 16 Impact of REACH and CLP for manufacturers of articles \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003eBarry Podd, Kimberly-Clark Europe, UK \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eSession 6: Chemicals Policy \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 17 EU chemicals policy – beyond REACH \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003eMamta Patel, Chemical Watch, UK \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 18 TSCA reform: Learning hard lessons from REACH experience \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003eDr. Herb Estreicher, Keller \u0026amp; Heckman LLP, USA \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 19 REACH and the interplay of state and federal chemicals policy in the US: Lessons Learned \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003eProf Joel A Tickner, University of Massachusetts Lowell, USA \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eSession 7: GHS and CLP \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 20 CLP: The harmonisation process and the C\u0026amp;L inventory \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003eEva Sandberg, European Chemicals Agency (ECHA), Finland \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 21 US OSHA implementation of the GHS \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003eJennifer Silk, Retired from OSHA, currently Consultant \u0026amp; UNITAR Training Advisor on GHS, USA \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 22 Managing CLP compliance: the essentials for business \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003eSimon Brearley, The REACH Centre Ltd, UK \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:18-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:18-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2011","book","chemical policy","legal interpretations","OSHA","p-properties","packaging","polymer","raw materials","REACH implementation","safety","safety datasheet"],"price":16500,"price_min":16500,"price_max":16500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378411268,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"REACH USA 2011","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":16500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-84735-629-1","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-629-1.jpg?v=1499954018"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-629-1.jpg?v=1499954018","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358730596445,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-629-1.jpg?v=1499954018"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-629-1.jpg?v=1499954018","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Conference \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-84735-629-1 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2011\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e9th International Conference on the Registration, Evaluation, and Authorisation of Chemicals and its Impact on US Trade\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n30 November 2010 marked the deadline for chemical producers and importers to register all high volume and potentially toxic substances. Chemicals that have not been registered with the requisite safety information by this date are to be withdrawn from the market under the \"no data, no market\" ruling, giving the potential to cause untold chaos in chemical supply chains. Indeed, successes and failures from this first set of REACH registrations in 2010 are expected to impact the use of products on the EU market and beyond, as well as influence chemical legislation initiatives across the globe. In particular, industry and regulators will become engaged with Evaluation during 2011, where data submitted in registration dossiers are reviewed and potentially challenged.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIn 2011 customers in the EU will begin facing the knock-on requirements of registrations from 2010, changes in classification under the EU implementation of the Globally Harmonised System (GHS), conditions imposed by Exposure Scenarios and even 'uses advised against'. Not only are there widespread concerns over the EU's implementation of the GHS for the classification, labelling, and packaging of substances (CLP), but 2011 also brings new obligations, such as the need to notify substances of very high concern (SVHC) to the European Chemicals Agency (ECHA). In the US plans to introduce the GHS will undoubtedly cause similar fears.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAt the same time, the next registration deadline is only 2 ½ years away. This second phase of Registration presents additional management hurdles, as it involves a large number of substances that may be relatively 'data poor' compared with substances registered in 2010. Companies must already begin planning, in particular with regards to budgeting for this next step in REACH.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2011, therefore, presents industry and regulators with a critical year for gaining experience with how REACH actually works in practice. In turn, changes in official guidance and a legislative review in 2012 offer the possibility of improvements to the workability of REACH.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWhether you're a cosmetics company, an aerospace manufacturer or a raw material supplier, REACH applies to you. These proceedings cover all the presentations from the conference which enveloped some of the vital lessons that have been learned, how the next deadlines in 2013 will affect the way you do business and what damage limitation controls can be put in place for 2011 when many fail to meet their obligations.\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eSession 1: REACH – Experiences \u0026amp; Updates \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 1 \u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eKeynote Presentation REACH update and progress on registration \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003eEva Sandberg, European Chemicals Agency (ECHA), Finland \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 2 \u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eManaging dossiers – deadlines and updates \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003eDr. Steffen Erler, Smithers Viscient, UK \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 3 \u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eLessons learned from REACH implementation and thoughts for going forward to 2013 \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003eThomas G Grumbles, Cardno ENTRIX, USA \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eSession 2: Technical Complexities \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 4 \u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eNavigating REACH from a small business perspective \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003eApril A Cesaretti, The HallStar Company, USA \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 5 \u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eUse of science in REACH regulatory affairs \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003eDr. Robbie Waites, SABIC Innovative Plastics, USA \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 6 \u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eConsortium Management – How will best practice evolve in the period to 2013 \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaul Ashford, Caleb Management Services Ltd, UK \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eSession 3: Tools \u0026amp; Methods \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 7 Legal interpretations and challenges Ruxandra Cana, Field Fisher Waterhouse LLP, Belgium PAPER UNAVAILABLE \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 8 Sens-it-iv: in vitro methods for sensitisation Erwin Roggen, Novozymes AS, Denmark \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 9 Exposure in the supply chain: from development to implementation \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003eTine Vandenbrouck \u0026amp; Elke Van Asbroeck, Apeiron-Team NV, Belgium \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 10 The extended safety datasheet – challenges and opportunities \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003eDr. Mark Pemberton, Lucite International UK Ltd, UK \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eSession 4: Safe Use, Restriction, and Authorisation \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 11 From use descriptors to safe use - one more step in the REACH journey \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003eBarry Clayton, Reichhold Inc, USA \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 12 SVHC duties as we move towards notification and authorisation \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003eEva Sandberg, European Chemicals Agency (ECHA), Finland \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 13 SIN list, restriction \u0026amp; authorisation \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003eJerker Ligthart \u0026amp;, Nardono Nimpuno International Chemical Secretariat, Sweden \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eSession 5: Managing SVHCs \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 14 SVHCs in articles \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003eDave Bender, Tyco Electronics, USA \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 15 Managing substances of very high concern in the retail sector \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003eSimon Brearley, The REACH Centre Ltd, UK \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 16 Impact of REACH and CLP for manufacturers of articles \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003eBarry Podd, Kimberly-Clark Europe, UK \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eSession 6: Chemicals Policy \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 17 EU chemicals policy – beyond REACH \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003eMamta Patel, Chemical Watch, UK \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 18 TSCA reform: Learning hard lessons from REACH experience \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003eDr. Herb Estreicher, Keller \u0026amp; Heckman LLP, USA \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 19 REACH and the interplay of state and federal chemicals policy in the US: Lessons Learned \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003eProf Joel A Tickner, University of Massachusetts Lowell, USA \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eSession 7: GHS and CLP \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 20 CLP: The harmonisation process and the C\u0026amp;L inventory \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003eEva Sandberg, European Chemicals Agency (ECHA), Finland \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 21 US OSHA implementation of the GHS \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003eJennifer Silk, Retired from OSHA, currently Consultant \u0026amp; UNITAR Training Advisor on GHS, USA \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003ePaper 22 Managing CLP compliance: the essentials for business \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003eSimon Brearley, The REACH Centre Ltd, UK \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e"}
Reactive Polymers Fund...
$270.00
{"id":11242217540,"title":"Reactive Polymers Fundamentals and Applications, 2nd Edition","handle":"978-1-4557-3149-7","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Johannes Karl Fink \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-4557-3149-7 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePublished: 2013\u003cbr\u003eA Concise Guide to Industrial Polymers\n\u003cdiv\u003eHardbound, 576 Pages\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThe use of reactive polymers enables manufacturers to make chemical changes at a late stage in the production process - these in turn cause changes in performance and properties. In order to achieve optimal performance, material selection and the control of the reaction are essential. In this handbook, Dr. Fink introduces engineers and scientists to the range of reactive polymers available, explains the reactions that take place, and details applications and performance benefits.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor each class of reactive resin (Thermoset) basic principles and industrial processes are described as well as additives, the curing process, and applications and uses. The initial chapters are devoted to individual resin types, e.g. epoxides, cyanoacrylates etc. Then more general chapters, e.g. reactive extrusion, and special topics, e.g. dental applications, follow. Additionally, the new edition will include information on the most recent developments, applications, and commercial products for each chemical class of Thermosets as well as sections on fabrication methods, reactive biopolymers, recycling of reactive polymers, and case studies. A chapter about injection molding of reactive polymers, and sections on radiation curing, Thermosetting elastomers, and reactive extrusion equipment will be included.\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 Unsaturated Polyester Resins\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2 Polyurethanes\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3 Epoxy Resins\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4 Phenol\/formaldehyde Resins\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5 Urea\/formaldehyde Resins\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6 Melamine Resins\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7 Furan Resins\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e8 Silicones\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e9 Acrylic Resins\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10 Cyanate Ester Resins\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e11 Bismaleimide Resins\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e12 Terpene Resins\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e13 Cyanoacrylates\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e14 Benzocyclobutene Resins\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e15 Reactive Extrusion\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e16 Compatibilization\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e17 Rheology Control\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e18 Grafting\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e19 Acrylic Dental Fillers\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e20 Toners\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDr. Johannes Karl Fink, Montanuniversität Leoben, Austria","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:33-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:33-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2013","book","extrusion","fillers","fluorosilicones","grafting","industrial polymers","injection molding","material","nanocomposites","reactive biopolymers","reactive polymers","recycling","resins","rheology","silicones"],"price":27000,"price_min":27000,"price_max":27000,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378360964,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Reactive Polymers Fundamentals and Applications, 2nd Edition","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":27000,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-4557-3149-7","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-4557-3149-7.jpg?v=1499954053"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-4557-3149-7.jpg?v=1499954053","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358731579485,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-4557-3149-7.jpg?v=1499954053"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-4557-3149-7.jpg?v=1499954053","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Johannes Karl Fink \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-4557-3149-7 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePublished: 2013\u003cbr\u003eA Concise Guide to Industrial Polymers\n\u003cdiv\u003eHardbound, 576 Pages\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThe use of reactive polymers enables manufacturers to make chemical changes at a late stage in the production process - these in turn cause changes in performance and properties. In order to achieve optimal performance, material selection and the control of the reaction are essential. In this handbook, Dr. Fink introduces engineers and scientists to the range of reactive polymers available, explains the reactions that take place, and details applications and performance benefits.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor each class of reactive resin (Thermoset) basic principles and industrial processes are described as well as additives, the curing process, and applications and uses. The initial chapters are devoted to individual resin types, e.g. epoxides, cyanoacrylates etc. Then more general chapters, e.g. reactive extrusion, and special topics, e.g. dental applications, follow. Additionally, the new edition will include information on the most recent developments, applications, and commercial products for each chemical class of Thermosets as well as sections on fabrication methods, reactive biopolymers, recycling of reactive polymers, and case studies. A chapter about injection molding of reactive polymers, and sections on radiation curing, Thermosetting elastomers, and reactive extrusion equipment will be included.\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 Unsaturated Polyester Resins\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2 Polyurethanes\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3 Epoxy Resins\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4 Phenol\/formaldehyde Resins\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5 Urea\/formaldehyde Resins\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6 Melamine Resins\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7 Furan Resins\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e8 Silicones\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e9 Acrylic Resins\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10 Cyanate Ester Resins\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e11 Bismaleimide Resins\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e12 Terpene Resins\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e13 Cyanoacrylates\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e14 Benzocyclobutene Resins\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e15 Reactive Extrusion\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e16 Compatibilization\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e17 Rheology Control\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e18 Grafting\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e19 Acrylic Dental Fillers\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e20 Toners\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDr. Johannes Karl Fink, Montanuniversität Leoben, Austria"}
Reactive Processing of...
$165.00
{"id":11242232324,"title":"Reactive Processing of Polymers","handle":"1-895198-20-8","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: V P Begishev and A Ya Malkin \u003cbr\u003e10-ISBN 1-895198-20-8 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003e13-ISBN 987-1-895198-20-1 \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 1999\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e225 pages, 118 figures, 6 tables\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThe main goal of this book is to discuss various technological methods of reactive processing of polymers with a special emphasis on production of large size articles. The book also shows methods of scaling up from laboratory to production stage by a combination of process modeling and application of modern analytical techniques to evaluate the similarity of production on different scales. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis approach allows to shorten introduction of new products and design the energy efficient (environmentally-friendly) processes. The combination of physical analysis of process kinetics to elucidate data for evaluation of process similarities on different scales is very useful in setting process parameters on the most energy-efficient level and having a high production output. The proposed method allows to maximize throughput, minimize cost and ensure required quality of the final products. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis unique approach not only gives objective results required for precise evaluation of process kinetics but it is applied in the book to real systems used as examples of model application. To fulfill the above goals, the book begins with a discussion of the chemistry of reactive processes which are then discussed from the point of view of their modeling. The modeling considers that reactive processing is impacted by various opposing requirements of flow, polymerization rate, crystallization rate, heat flow, etc. This is the main advantage of the approach when used for process optimization. In the next section, analytical control methods are evaluated for their usefulness in process monitoring. The final (and the largest chapter) discusses details of various technological methods of reactive processing by means of 70 diagrams clearly discussed and thus easy to understand. This interesting monograph is addressed to process engineers and scientists developing new products since both have to optimize their processes to obtain the most economical solution. But it also goes beyond reactive processing since problems of scale-up are common in entire chemical industry and this book shows the way how to control them, introduce new processes without long trials, and design technology which is cost-efficient and environmentally-friendly. All explained in easy to understand language.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe Method of Reactive Processing of Polymers\u003c\/em\u003e (Lactam polymerization, Polymerization of monomers and oligomers with double bonds, Curing of unsaturated polyester resins, Curing of epoxy resins, Curing of phenolic-based compositions, Synthesis of polyurethane compounds, Curing of liquid rubbers and oligomers with functional groups, Curing of polysulphide oligomers, Curing of silicon-organic oligomers, Processing of oligomer-monomer mixtures, Processing of filled compositions) Modelling Reactive Processing of Polymers (Objectives of mathematical modeling, Kinetics of polymer synthesis, Kinetic models of lactam polymerization, General kinetic equation, Isothermal polymerization of -caprolactam, Polymerization of -dodecalactam, Synthesis of polybutenamide, Kinetic models of polyurethane synthesis, Kinetic models of curing of epoxy-based compounds, Kinetic models of curing of unsaturated polyesters, Non-isothermal polymerization in a batch-process reactor, Non-isothermal crystallization, Superimposed processes of polymerization and crystallization, Inverse kinetic problems, Changes in rheological properties of a reactive medium, Changes in rheological properties in the process of synthesis, Influence of shear rate on induction period in oligomer curing, Flow of reactive liquids, Residual stresses an strains, Physics of residual stresses in uniform materials, Modeling residual stresses in reactive processing, Residual stresses in amorphous materials, Residual stresses in crystallizable materials)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eResearch and Control Methods for Reactive Molding Processes\u003c\/i\u003e (Control of relaxation properties in oligomer curing, Viscometric studies, Calorimetric methods, Thermal probe method)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003ePrinciples of Technology of Reactive Molding Technology \u003c\/i\u003e(Preparing components (Preliminary operations), Engineering for open mold processes, General layout of a production unit, Component metering, Component mixing, Polymerization or solidification stage, Modeling processes in a mold during solidification, Casting into rotary molds, Technological basis, Hydrodynamic phenomena during molding in a rotary mold, Polymerization in a tube reactor, Flow without transition to the solid state, The role of radial distributions, \"Hydrodynamic\" molecular weight distribution, Polymer coating by spraying, Devices for spraying liquids, Reactive extrusion of profile parts, Frontal processes, Principles, Front development in superimposed processes, Reactive injection molding, General requirements for a composition used in the RIM-process, Plant layout for the process, Processing of reinforced composites, Modeling mold filling, Processability diagrams) \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe Method of Reactive Processing of Polymers\u003c\/em\u003e (Lactam polymerization, Polymerization of monomers and oligomers with double bonds, Curing of unsaturated polyester resins, Curing of epoxy resins, Curing of phenolic-based compositions, Synthesis of polyurethane compounds, Curing of liquid rubbers and oligomers with functional groups, Curing of polysulphide oligomers, Curing of silicon-organic oligomers, Processing of oligomer-monomer mixtures, Processing of filled compositions) Modelling Reactive Processing of Polymers (Objectives of mathematical modeling, Kinetics of polymer synthesis, Kinetic models of lactam polymerization, General kinetic equation, Isothermal polymerization of -caprolactam, Polymerization of -dodecalactam, Synthesis of polybutenamide, Kinetic models of polyurethane synthesis, Kinetic models of curing of epoxy-based compounds, Kinetic models of curing of unsaturated polyesters, Non-isothermal polymerization in a batch-process reactor, Non-isothermal crystallization, Superimposed processes of polymerization and crystallization, Inverse kinetic problems, Changes in rheological properties of a reactive medium, Changes in rheological properties in the process of synthesis, Influence of shear rate on induction period in oligomer curing, Flow of reactive liquids, Residual stresses an strains, Physics of residual stresses in uniform materials, Modeling residual stresses in reactive processing, Residual stresses in amorphous materials, Residual stresses in crystallizable materials)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eResearch and Control Methods for Reactive Molding Processes\u003c\/i\u003e (Control of relaxation properties in oligomer curing, Viscometric studies, Calorimetric methods, Thermal probe method)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003ePrinciples of Technology of Reactive Molding Technology \u003c\/i\u003e(Preparing components (Preliminary operations), Engineering for open mold processes, General layout of a production unit, Component metering, Component mixing, Polymerization or solidification stage, Modeling processes in a mold during solidification, Casting into rotary molds, Technological basis, Hydrodynamic phenomena during molding in a rotary mold, Polymerization in a tube reactor, Flow without transition to the solid state, The role of radial distributions, \"Hydrodynamic\" molecular weight distribution, Polymer coating by spraying, Devices for spraying liquids, Reactive extrusion of profile parts, Frontal processes, Principles, Front development in superimposed processes, Reactive injection molding, General requirements for a composition used in the RIM-process, Plant layout for the process, Processing of reinforced composites, Modeling mold filling, Processability diagrams)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:20-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:20-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["1999","book","control methods","curing","flow","oligomer","oligomers","p-formulation","phenolic","polymer","polymerization","polymers","processes","processing","production","reactive molding","rheological properties","strains"," epoxy resins"," isothermal"," kinetics"," lactam"," polybutenamide"," polyester resins"," polysulphide"],"price":16500,"price_min":16500,"price_max":16500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378412612,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Reactive Processing of Polymers","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":16500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":[],"featured_image":null,"options":["Title"],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: V P Begishev and A Ya Malkin \u003cbr\u003e10-ISBN 1-895198-20-8 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003e13-ISBN 987-1-895198-20-1 \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 1999\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e225 pages, 118 figures, 6 tables\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThe main goal of this book is to discuss various technological methods of reactive processing of polymers with a special emphasis on production of large size articles. The book also shows methods of scaling up from laboratory to production stage by a combination of process modeling and application of modern analytical techniques to evaluate the similarity of production on different scales. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis approach allows to shorten introduction of new products and design the energy efficient (environmentally-friendly) processes. The combination of physical analysis of process kinetics to elucidate data for evaluation of process similarities on different scales is very useful in setting process parameters on the most energy-efficient level and having a high production output. The proposed method allows to maximize throughput, minimize cost and ensure required quality of the final products. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis unique approach not only gives objective results required for precise evaluation of process kinetics but it is applied in the book to real systems used as examples of model application. To fulfill the above goals, the book begins with a discussion of the chemistry of reactive processes which are then discussed from the point of view of their modeling. The modeling considers that reactive processing is impacted by various opposing requirements of flow, polymerization rate, crystallization rate, heat flow, etc. This is the main advantage of the approach when used for process optimization. In the next section, analytical control methods are evaluated for their usefulness in process monitoring. The final (and the largest chapter) discusses details of various technological methods of reactive processing by means of 70 diagrams clearly discussed and thus easy to understand. This interesting monograph is addressed to process engineers and scientists developing new products since both have to optimize their processes to obtain the most economical solution. But it also goes beyond reactive processing since problems of scale-up are common in entire chemical industry and this book shows the way how to control them, introduce new processes without long trials, and design technology which is cost-efficient and environmentally-friendly. All explained in easy to understand language.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe Method of Reactive Processing of Polymers\u003c\/em\u003e (Lactam polymerization, Polymerization of monomers and oligomers with double bonds, Curing of unsaturated polyester resins, Curing of epoxy resins, Curing of phenolic-based compositions, Synthesis of polyurethane compounds, Curing of liquid rubbers and oligomers with functional groups, Curing of polysulphide oligomers, Curing of silicon-organic oligomers, Processing of oligomer-monomer mixtures, Processing of filled compositions) Modelling Reactive Processing of Polymers (Objectives of mathematical modeling, Kinetics of polymer synthesis, Kinetic models of lactam polymerization, General kinetic equation, Isothermal polymerization of -caprolactam, Polymerization of -dodecalactam, Synthesis of polybutenamide, Kinetic models of polyurethane synthesis, Kinetic models of curing of epoxy-based compounds, Kinetic models of curing of unsaturated polyesters, Non-isothermal polymerization in a batch-process reactor, Non-isothermal crystallization, Superimposed processes of polymerization and crystallization, Inverse kinetic problems, Changes in rheological properties of a reactive medium, Changes in rheological properties in the process of synthesis, Influence of shear rate on induction period in oligomer curing, Flow of reactive liquids, Residual stresses an strains, Physics of residual stresses in uniform materials, Modeling residual stresses in reactive processing, Residual stresses in amorphous materials, Residual stresses in crystallizable materials)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eResearch and Control Methods for Reactive Molding Processes\u003c\/i\u003e (Control of relaxation properties in oligomer curing, Viscometric studies, Calorimetric methods, Thermal probe method)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003ePrinciples of Technology of Reactive Molding Technology \u003c\/i\u003e(Preparing components (Preliminary operations), Engineering for open mold processes, General layout of a production unit, Component metering, Component mixing, Polymerization or solidification stage, Modeling processes in a mold during solidification, Casting into rotary molds, Technological basis, Hydrodynamic phenomena during molding in a rotary mold, Polymerization in a tube reactor, Flow without transition to the solid state, The role of radial distributions, \"Hydrodynamic\" molecular weight distribution, Polymer coating by spraying, Devices for spraying liquids, Reactive extrusion of profile parts, Frontal processes, Principles, Front development in superimposed processes, Reactive injection molding, General requirements for a composition used in the RIM-process, Plant layout for the process, Processing of reinforced composites, Modeling mold filling, Processability diagrams) \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe Method of Reactive Processing of Polymers\u003c\/em\u003e (Lactam polymerization, Polymerization of monomers and oligomers with double bonds, Curing of unsaturated polyester resins, Curing of epoxy resins, Curing of phenolic-based compositions, Synthesis of polyurethane compounds, Curing of liquid rubbers and oligomers with functional groups, Curing of polysulphide oligomers, Curing of silicon-organic oligomers, Processing of oligomer-monomer mixtures, Processing of filled compositions) Modelling Reactive Processing of Polymers (Objectives of mathematical modeling, Kinetics of polymer synthesis, Kinetic models of lactam polymerization, General kinetic equation, Isothermal polymerization of -caprolactam, Polymerization of -dodecalactam, Synthesis of polybutenamide, Kinetic models of polyurethane synthesis, Kinetic models of curing of epoxy-based compounds, Kinetic models of curing of unsaturated polyesters, Non-isothermal polymerization in a batch-process reactor, Non-isothermal crystallization, Superimposed processes of polymerization and crystallization, Inverse kinetic problems, Changes in rheological properties of a reactive medium, Changes in rheological properties in the process of synthesis, Influence of shear rate on induction period in oligomer curing, Flow of reactive liquids, Residual stresses an strains, Physics of residual stresses in uniform materials, Modeling residual stresses in reactive processing, Residual stresses in amorphous materials, Residual stresses in crystallizable materials)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eResearch and Control Methods for Reactive Molding Processes\u003c\/i\u003e (Control of relaxation properties in oligomer curing, Viscometric studies, Calorimetric methods, Thermal probe method)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003ePrinciples of Technology of Reactive Molding Technology \u003c\/i\u003e(Preparing components (Preliminary operations), Engineering for open mold processes, General layout of a production unit, Component metering, Component mixing, Polymerization or solidification stage, Modeling processes in a mold during solidification, Casting into rotary molds, Technological basis, Hydrodynamic phenomena during molding in a rotary mold, Polymerization in a tube reactor, Flow without transition to the solid state, The role of radial distributions, \"Hydrodynamic\" molecular weight distribution, Polymer coating by spraying, Devices for spraying liquids, Reactive extrusion of profile parts, Frontal processes, Principles, Front development in superimposed processes, Reactive injection molding, General requirements for a composition used in the RIM-process, Plant layout for the process, Processing of reinforced composites, Modeling mold filling, Processability diagrams)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e"}
Reactive Processing of...
$72.00
{"id":11242255940,"title":"Reactive Processing of Polymers, 1994","handle":"978-1-85957-011-1","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: A.F. Johnson, P.D. Coates, M.W.R. Brown \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-011-1 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 1994\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e136 pages, softbound\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThe authors survey progress made in the two types of reactive processing: batch and continuous. Developments in machinery, materials, and applications are outlined in the context of commercial considerations and advances in fundamental understanding. The principles and benefits of polymer modification and blending via reactive extrusion are explained. A number of novel techniques are also described. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrom the Table of Contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReaction Injection molding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforced Reaction Injection Molding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStructural Reaction Injection Molding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResin Transfer Molding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReactive Extrusion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachinery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePolymerization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther Reactive Processing Technologies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConcluding Comments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:15:32-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:15:32-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["1994","blends","book","chain","crosslinking","extension","extrusion","injection molding","p-processing","poly","polymerisation","polymerization","polymers","processes","processing","production","reactions","resin"],"price":7200,"price_min":7200,"price_max":7200,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378496260,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Reactive Processing of Polymers, 1994","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":7200,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-85957-011-1","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":[],"featured_image":null,"options":["Title"],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: A.F. Johnson, P.D. Coates, M.W.R. Brown \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-011-1 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 1994\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e136 pages, softbound\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThe authors survey progress made in the two types of reactive processing: batch and continuous. Developments in machinery, materials, and applications are outlined in the context of commercial considerations and advances in fundamental understanding. The principles and benefits of polymer modification and blending via reactive extrusion are explained. A number of novel techniques are also described. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrom the Table of Contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReaction Injection molding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforced Reaction Injection Molding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStructural Reaction Injection Molding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResin Transfer Molding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReactive Extrusion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachinery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePolymerization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther Reactive Processing Technologies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConcluding Comments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e"}
Recycling of Plastic M...
$109.00
{"id":11242238468,"title":"Recycling of Plastic Materials","handle":"1-895198-03-8","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Prof. F. P. La Mantia \u003cbr\u003e10-ISBN 1-895198-03-8 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003e13-ISBN 978-1-895198-03-4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 1993\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nRecycling of materials is rapidly developing discipline because of environmental awareness, need to conserve materials and energy, and growing demand to increase production economy. This book combines topics discussing the state of art, analysis of processes successfully implemented in industrial practice, ideas concerning production with recycling in mind, and the new research developments offering practical solutions for recycling industry and product manufacturers. The major emphasis is given to polyolefins, polyethylene terephthalate, PVC, and rubber. Materials concerned include films, bottles, packing materials, paper, car batteries, plastics used in car interiors, tires, etc. Experiences of those involved in recycling in large companies, such as Agfa-Gevaert, Kodak, du Pont, BMW, and Metallgesellschaft, which have recycling installations in operation, are shared and generalized. Papers show that recycling is not only environmentally correct but also can be a source of income for producers of materials and final products, and also those who develop and implement service technologies. A large part of the book is concerned with processing and recycling of post-customer wastes. Several important aspects are reviewed.\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" color=\"#000031\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003ePET film recycling. W. De Winter\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" color=\"#000031\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eThe importance and practicality of co-injected, recycled PET\/virgin PET containers. E. H. Neumann \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" color=\"#000031\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eRecycling of post-consumer greenhouse PE films: blends with polyamide-6. F. P. La Mantia and D. Curto \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" color=\"#000031\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eRecycling of plastics from urban solid wastes: comparison between blends from virgin and recovered from waste polymers. E. Gattiglia, A. Turturro, A. Serra, S. Delfino, and A. Tinnirello \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" color=\"#000031\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eManagement of plastic wastes: a technical and economic approach. O. Laguna Castellanos, E. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" color=\"#000031\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003ePerez Collar, and J. Taranco Gonzalez \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" color=\"#000031\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eBlends of PE and plastics waste. Processing and characterization. F. P. La Mantia, C. Perrone, and E. Bellio \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" color=\"#000031\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eTechniques for selection and recycling of post-consumer plastic bottles. E. Sereni \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" color=\"#000031\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eHydrolytic treatment of plastic waste containing paper. C. Klason, J. Kubat, and H. R. Skov \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" color=\"#000031\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eProcessing of mixed plastic wastes. A. Vezzoli, C. A. Beretta, and M. Lamperti \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" color=\"#000031\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eThe use of recyclable plastics in motor vehicles. M. E. Henstock and K. Seidl \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" color=\"#000031\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eGround rubber tire-polymer composites. K. Oliphant, P. Rajalingam, and W. E. Baker \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" color=\"#000031\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eQuality assurance in plastic recycling by the example of polypropylene. K. Heil and R. Pfaff \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:38-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:38-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["1993","book","bottles","car","environment","film","packing","paper","PE","PET","plastic materials","plastics","polyamide-6. blends","polyethylene","polymer","pvc","recycling","rubber","tires","waste"],"price":10900,"price_min":10900,"price_max":10900,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378428868,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Recycling of Plastic Materials","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":10900,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"1-895198-03-8","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":[],"featured_image":null,"options":["Title"],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Prof. F. P. La Mantia \u003cbr\u003e10-ISBN 1-895198-03-8 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003e13-ISBN 978-1-895198-03-4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 1993\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nRecycling of materials is rapidly developing discipline because of environmental awareness, need to conserve materials and energy, and growing demand to increase production economy. This book combines topics discussing the state of art, analysis of processes successfully implemented in industrial practice, ideas concerning production with recycling in mind, and the new research developments offering practical solutions for recycling industry and product manufacturers. The major emphasis is given to polyolefins, polyethylene terephthalate, PVC, and rubber. Materials concerned include films, bottles, packing materials, paper, car batteries, plastics used in car interiors, tires, etc. Experiences of those involved in recycling in large companies, such as Agfa-Gevaert, Kodak, du Pont, BMW, and Metallgesellschaft, which have recycling installations in operation, are shared and generalized. Papers show that recycling is not only environmentally correct but also can be a source of income for producers of materials and final products, and also those who develop and implement service technologies. A large part of the book is concerned with processing and recycling of post-customer wastes. Several important aspects are reviewed.\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" color=\"#000031\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003ePET film recycling. W. De Winter\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" color=\"#000031\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eThe importance and practicality of co-injected, recycled PET\/virgin PET containers. E. H. Neumann \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" color=\"#000031\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eRecycling of post-consumer greenhouse PE films: blends with polyamide-6. F. P. La Mantia and D. Curto \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" color=\"#000031\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eRecycling of plastics from urban solid wastes: comparison between blends from virgin and recovered from waste polymers. E. Gattiglia, A. Turturro, A. Serra, S. Delfino, and A. Tinnirello \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" color=\"#000031\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eManagement of plastic wastes: a technical and economic approach. O. Laguna Castellanos, E. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" color=\"#000031\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003ePerez Collar, and J. Taranco Gonzalez \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" color=\"#000031\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eBlends of PE and plastics waste. Processing and characterization. F. P. La Mantia, C. Perrone, and E. Bellio \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" color=\"#000031\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eTechniques for selection and recycling of post-consumer plastic bottles. E. Sereni \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" color=\"#000031\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eHydrolytic treatment of plastic waste containing paper. C. Klason, J. Kubat, and H. R. Skov \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" color=\"#000031\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eProcessing of mixed plastic wastes. A. Vezzoli, C. A. Beretta, and M. Lamperti \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" color=\"#000031\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eThe use of recyclable plastics in motor vehicles. M. E. Henstock and K. Seidl \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" color=\"#000031\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eGround rubber tire-polymer composites. K. Oliphant, P. Rajalingam, and W. E. Baker \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" color=\"#000031\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eQuality assurance in plastic recycling by the example of polypropylene. K. Heil and R. Pfaff \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e"}
Regulation of Food Pac...
$125.00
{"id":11242214212,"title":"Regulation of Food Packaging in Europe and the USA","handle":"978-1-85957-471-3","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Derek J Knight and Lesley A Creighton \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-471-3 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSafePharm Laboratories Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2004\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eRapra Review Reports, Vol. 15, No. 5, Report 173\u003cbr\u003epages 120\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nA wide variety of plastics is used in food-contact applications and it is important that such plastics do not affect the food with which they come into contact. Given the obvious importance of producing safe and wholesome food, with adequate shelf life, it is not surprising that the food industry is heavily regulated. There is considerable public concern about the safety of food packaging, and one issue is the potential migration of compounding ingredients, monomers or additives from plastics into food. In general, food diffuses into plastic packaging, enhancing the migration of unreacted monomers and potentially mobile additives from the plastic into the food. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe objective of food packaging legislation is to protect the consumer by controlling the contamination of food by chemicals transferred from the packaging. Standard migration tests are available based on prescribed food simulants; these tests include overall migration testing and specific migration tests (for individual chemical species). The gradual development of lower detection limits for analytical methods has shown that many substances previously not considered as indirect food additives do actually migrate into food. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFood packaging regulations are constantly under revision, and differ significantly between Europe and the USA – even between countries within the EU, although there is a strong harmonising influence from the Council of Europe and the European Commission. The regulation of food-contact materials in the EU is currently in a state of development, with various aspects still subject to national provisions until the European Commission has completed the harmonisation process. The US regulatory system is complex, with various approval and certification schemes. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis Rapra Review Report provides a clearly written summary of the current legislation surrounding the use of plastics in contact with food. It will be of interest to those working to formulate food-contact plastics, food processors and testing laboratories, packaging manufacturers and users, together with organisations working to ensure safe conditions for food production. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis review is accompanied by around 400 abstracts from papers and books in the Rapra Polymer Library database, to facilitate further reading on this subject. A subject index and a company index are included.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1. INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW \u003cbr\u003e2. PLASTICS FOR USE IN PACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Characteristics of Plastics\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Applications in Packaging\u003cbr\u003e2.2.1 Polymer Types\u003cbr\u003e2.2.2 Combination Products \u003cbr\u003e3. SAFETY EVALUATION OF FOOD PACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Exposure Assessment\u003cbr\u003e3.1.1 Migration Evaluation\u003cbr\u003e3.1.2 Estimation of Dietary Exposure\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Toxicology Testing\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Risk Assessment \u003cbr\u003e4. CONTROL OF FOOD PACKAGING IN THE EU\u003cbr\u003e4.1 General Principles and the Framework Directive\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Food-Contact Plastics\u003cbr\u003e4.2.1 The Plastics Directive\u003cbr\u003e4.2.2 EU Lists of Substances for Plastics\u003cbr\u003e4.2.3 Safety Assessment of Additives and Starting Substances for Food-Contact Plastics\u003cbr\u003e4.2.4 Safety Assessment of Polymer Substances\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Future Developments for Food Plastics in the EU\u003cbr\u003e4.3.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e4.3.2 Proposed Introduction of a Revised Regulation to Council Directive 89\/109\/EC\u003cbr\u003e4.3.3 The Plastics Super Directive\u003cbr\u003e4.3.4 Active and Intelligent Packaging\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Other EU Food Packaging Measures\u003cbr\u003e4.4.1 Regenerated Cellulose Film\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2 Ceramic Articles\u003cbr\u003e4.4.3 Control of Vinyl Chloride from PVC\u003cbr\u003e4.4.4 Control of N-nitrosamines from Teats and Soothers\u003cbr\u003e4.4.5 Restrictions on Certain Epoxy Derivatives\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Disposal and Recycling of Plastics\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Strategy for Food-Contact Plastic Approval in the EU \u003cbr\u003e5. NATIONAL CONTROLS ON FOOD PACKAGING IN EU COUNTRIES\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Germany\u003cbr\u003e5.3 France\u003cbr\u003e5.4 The Netherlands\u003cbr\u003e5.5 Belgium\u003cbr\u003e5.6 Italy \u003cbr\u003e6. COUNCIL OF EUROPE WORK ON FOOD PACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Completed Council of Europe Resolutions\u003cbr\u003e6.2.1 Colorants in Plastic Materials\u003cbr\u003e6.2.2 Polymerisation Aids\u003cbr\u003e6.2.3 Surface Coatings\u003cbr\u003e6.2.4 Ion Exchange and Absorbent Resins\u003cbr\u003e6.2.5 Silicones\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Council of Europe Ongoing Work\u003cbr\u003e6.3.1 Paper and Board\u003cbr\u003e6.3.2 Packaging Inks\u003cbr\u003e6.3.3 Rubber\u003cbr\u003e6.3.4 Other Draft Resolutions and Guidelines and Future Developments \u003cbr\u003e7. FOOD PACKAGING IN THE USA\u003cbr\u003e7.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e7.2 Development of US Food Packaging Legislation\u003cbr\u003e7.3 The Petition\u003cbr\u003e7.4 Threshold of Regulation Process\u003cbr\u003e7.5 The Pre-Marketing Notification Scheme \u003cbr\u003e8. CONCLUSIONS\u003cbr\u003eAcknowledgements\u003cbr\u003eAdditional References\u003cbr\u003eAbstracts from the Polymer Library Database\u003cbr\u003eSubject Index\u003cbr\u003eCompany Index\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDerek J Knight is the Director of Regulatory Affairs at Safepharm Laboratories Ltd., a leading UK contract research organisation, specialising in safety assessments of chemicals, biocides, and agrochemical pesticides. He heads a team of regulatory affairs professionals who deal with a wide range of registration projects covering many product types for regulatory compliance in all the key markets globally. As such he has gained an overall perspective into commercial issues associated with the regulation of the chemical industry. He is a Fellow of the RSC and a Fellow of TOPRA. His doctoral studies at the University of Oxford were in organosulphur chemistry. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLesley A Creighton has worked within SafePharm Laboratories for 13 years providing regulatory support to the chemical industry for the notification of new chemical substances, food contact materials, and cosmetic products. She has a combined science degree in chemistry and mathematics and is a member of both the RSC and TOPRA. 2004\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:21-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:21-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2004","acrylic polymers","book","cellulose","ceramic","epoxy derivatives","EU","exposure","film","food","materials","migration","p-applications","packaging","plastics","polymer","PVC","recycling","testing","toxicology"],"price":12500,"price_min":12500,"price_max":12500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378351300,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Regulation of Food Packaging in Europe and the USA","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":12500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-85957-471-3","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-471-3.jpg?v=1499724997"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-471-3.jpg?v=1499724997","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358733873245,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-471-3.jpg?v=1499724997"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-471-3.jpg?v=1499724997","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Derek J Knight and Lesley A Creighton \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-471-3 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSafePharm Laboratories Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2004\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eRapra Review Reports, Vol. 15, No. 5, Report 173\u003cbr\u003epages 120\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nA wide variety of plastics is used in food-contact applications and it is important that such plastics do not affect the food with which they come into contact. Given the obvious importance of producing safe and wholesome food, with adequate shelf life, it is not surprising that the food industry is heavily regulated. There is considerable public concern about the safety of food packaging, and one issue is the potential migration of compounding ingredients, monomers or additives from plastics into food. In general, food diffuses into plastic packaging, enhancing the migration of unreacted monomers and potentially mobile additives from the plastic into the food. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe objective of food packaging legislation is to protect the consumer by controlling the contamination of food by chemicals transferred from the packaging. Standard migration tests are available based on prescribed food simulants; these tests include overall migration testing and specific migration tests (for individual chemical species). The gradual development of lower detection limits for analytical methods has shown that many substances previously not considered as indirect food additives do actually migrate into food. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFood packaging regulations are constantly under revision, and differ significantly between Europe and the USA – even between countries within the EU, although there is a strong harmonising influence from the Council of Europe and the European Commission. The regulation of food-contact materials in the EU is currently in a state of development, with various aspects still subject to national provisions until the European Commission has completed the harmonisation process. The US regulatory system is complex, with various approval and certification schemes. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis Rapra Review Report provides a clearly written summary of the current legislation surrounding the use of plastics in contact with food. It will be of interest to those working to formulate food-contact plastics, food processors and testing laboratories, packaging manufacturers and users, together with organisations working to ensure safe conditions for food production. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis review is accompanied by around 400 abstracts from papers and books in the Rapra Polymer Library database, to facilitate further reading on this subject. A subject index and a company index are included.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1. INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW \u003cbr\u003e2. PLASTICS FOR USE IN PACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Characteristics of Plastics\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Applications in Packaging\u003cbr\u003e2.2.1 Polymer Types\u003cbr\u003e2.2.2 Combination Products \u003cbr\u003e3. SAFETY EVALUATION OF FOOD PACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Exposure Assessment\u003cbr\u003e3.1.1 Migration Evaluation\u003cbr\u003e3.1.2 Estimation of Dietary Exposure\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Toxicology Testing\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Risk Assessment \u003cbr\u003e4. CONTROL OF FOOD PACKAGING IN THE EU\u003cbr\u003e4.1 General Principles and the Framework Directive\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Food-Contact Plastics\u003cbr\u003e4.2.1 The Plastics Directive\u003cbr\u003e4.2.2 EU Lists of Substances for Plastics\u003cbr\u003e4.2.3 Safety Assessment of Additives and Starting Substances for Food-Contact Plastics\u003cbr\u003e4.2.4 Safety Assessment of Polymer Substances\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Future Developments for Food Plastics in the EU\u003cbr\u003e4.3.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e4.3.2 Proposed Introduction of a Revised Regulation to Council Directive 89\/109\/EC\u003cbr\u003e4.3.3 The Plastics Super Directive\u003cbr\u003e4.3.4 Active and Intelligent Packaging\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Other EU Food Packaging Measures\u003cbr\u003e4.4.1 Regenerated Cellulose Film\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2 Ceramic Articles\u003cbr\u003e4.4.3 Control of Vinyl Chloride from PVC\u003cbr\u003e4.4.4 Control of N-nitrosamines from Teats and Soothers\u003cbr\u003e4.4.5 Restrictions on Certain Epoxy Derivatives\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Disposal and Recycling of Plastics\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Strategy for Food-Contact Plastic Approval in the EU \u003cbr\u003e5. NATIONAL CONTROLS ON FOOD PACKAGING IN EU COUNTRIES\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Germany\u003cbr\u003e5.3 France\u003cbr\u003e5.4 The Netherlands\u003cbr\u003e5.5 Belgium\u003cbr\u003e5.6 Italy \u003cbr\u003e6. COUNCIL OF EUROPE WORK ON FOOD PACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Completed Council of Europe Resolutions\u003cbr\u003e6.2.1 Colorants in Plastic Materials\u003cbr\u003e6.2.2 Polymerisation Aids\u003cbr\u003e6.2.3 Surface Coatings\u003cbr\u003e6.2.4 Ion Exchange and Absorbent Resins\u003cbr\u003e6.2.5 Silicones\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Council of Europe Ongoing Work\u003cbr\u003e6.3.1 Paper and Board\u003cbr\u003e6.3.2 Packaging Inks\u003cbr\u003e6.3.3 Rubber\u003cbr\u003e6.3.4 Other Draft Resolutions and Guidelines and Future Developments \u003cbr\u003e7. FOOD PACKAGING IN THE USA\u003cbr\u003e7.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e7.2 Development of US Food Packaging Legislation\u003cbr\u003e7.3 The Petition\u003cbr\u003e7.4 Threshold of Regulation Process\u003cbr\u003e7.5 The Pre-Marketing Notification Scheme \u003cbr\u003e8. CONCLUSIONS\u003cbr\u003eAcknowledgements\u003cbr\u003eAdditional References\u003cbr\u003eAbstracts from the Polymer Library Database\u003cbr\u003eSubject Index\u003cbr\u003eCompany Index\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDerek J Knight is the Director of Regulatory Affairs at Safepharm Laboratories Ltd., a leading UK contract research organisation, specialising in safety assessments of chemicals, biocides, and agrochemical pesticides. He heads a team of regulatory affairs professionals who deal with a wide range of registration projects covering many product types for regulatory compliance in all the key markets globally. As such he has gained an overall perspective into commercial issues associated with the regulation of the chemical industry. He is a Fellow of the RSC and a Fellow of TOPRA. His doctoral studies at the University of Oxford were in organosulphur chemistry. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLesley A Creighton has worked within SafePharm Laboratories for 13 years providing regulatory support to the chemical industry for the notification of new chemical substances, food contact materials, and cosmetic products. She has a combined science degree in chemistry and mathematics and is a member of both the RSC and TOPRA. 2004\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e"}
Reinforced Thermoplast...
$75.00
{"id":11242254404,"title":"Reinforced Thermoplastics - Composition, Processing and Applications","handle":"978-0-902348-78-3","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: P.G. Kelleher \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-0-902348-78-3 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNew Jersey Polymer Extension Center\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 1993\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eReview Report\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThis report covers semi and non-crystalline thermoplastics, polymer blends, and various classes of reinforcing fibers and their properties which determine their suitability for specific applications. The long-term properties are discussed and effect of external forces, heat, weathering, chemical attack, and frictional wear. The uses in telecommunication, medical devices, sporting goods, and automotive applications provide an indication of the potential of these materials. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFibers:\u003c\/strong\u003e glass, ceramic, wollastonite, asbestos, carbon-graphite, aramid, UHMWPE, rigid rod \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrom the Table of Content:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforcing Fibers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEffect of Reinforcement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime-dependent Properties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFactors Affecting Properties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInjection Molding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInfluence of Processing on Morphology\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplications of Thermoplastic Composites\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:15:28-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:15:28-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["1993","aramid","asbestos","book","carbon-graphite","ceramic","composition","glass","p-structural","polymer","processing","rigid rod","thermoplastics","UHMWPE","wollastonite"],"price":7500,"price_min":7500,"price_max":7500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378489860,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Reinforced Thermoplastics - Composition, Processing and Applications","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":7500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-0-902348-78-3","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-0-902348-78-3.jpg?v=1499954163"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-0-902348-78-3.jpg?v=1499954163","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358734430301,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-0-902348-78-3.jpg?v=1499954163"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-0-902348-78-3.jpg?v=1499954163","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: P.G. Kelleher \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-0-902348-78-3 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNew Jersey Polymer Extension Center\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 1993\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eReview Report\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThis report covers semi and non-crystalline thermoplastics, polymer blends, and various classes of reinforcing fibers and their properties which determine their suitability for specific applications. The long-term properties are discussed and effect of external forces, heat, weathering, chemical attack, and frictional wear. The uses in telecommunication, medical devices, sporting goods, and automotive applications provide an indication of the potential of these materials. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFibers:\u003c\/strong\u003e glass, ceramic, wollastonite, asbestos, carbon-graphite, aramid, UHMWPE, rigid rod \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrom the Table of Content:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforcing Fibers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEffect of Reinforcement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime-dependent Properties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFactors Affecting Properties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInjection Molding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInfluence of Processing on Morphology\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplications of Thermoplastic Composites\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e"}
Rheology and its Role ...
$72.00
{"id":11242256708,"title":"Rheology and its Role in Plastics Processing","handle":"978-1-85957-053-1","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: P. Prentice \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-053-1 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Nottingham Trent University\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 1995\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e94 pages, softbound\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThis review encompases fundamental principles and rheological equations of state, polymer melt rheology (shear and extensional flow, viscoelasticity, die swell and melt fracture) and rheological measurement techniques. It describes the main plastics processing techniques and explains the influence of polymer melt rheology upon their operation. 48 figures and more than 80 equations enhance the review, which is also supported by extensive, indexed bibliography.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrom the Table of Contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRheological Equations of State\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFundamental Principles of Rheology\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePolymer Melt Rheology\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRheological Techniques\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePolymer Processing (extrusion, injection molding, calendering, rotational casting)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Effect of Rheology on Polymer Processing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRheology in the Design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:15:34-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:15:34-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["1995","book","calendering","extrusion","injection molding","moulding","p-properties","plastics","polymer","polymers","processing","rheology","rotational casting"],"price":7200,"price_min":7200,"price_max":7200,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378497860,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Rheology and its Role in Plastics Processing","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":7200,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-85957-053-1","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-053-1.jpg?v=1499954183"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-053-1.jpg?v=1499954183","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358734987357,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-053-1.jpg?v=1499954183"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-053-1.jpg?v=1499954183","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: P. Prentice \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-053-1 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Nottingham Trent University\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 1995\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e94 pages, softbound\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThis review encompases fundamental principles and rheological equations of state, polymer melt rheology (shear and extensional flow, viscoelasticity, die swell and melt fracture) and rheological measurement techniques. It describes the main plastics processing techniques and explains the influence of polymer melt rheology upon their operation. 48 figures and more than 80 equations enhance the review, which is also supported by extensive, indexed bibliography.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrom the Table of Contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRheological Equations of State\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFundamental Principles of Rheology\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePolymer Melt Rheology\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRheological Techniques\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePolymer Processing (extrusion, injection molding, calendering, rotational casting)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Effect of Rheology on Polymer Processing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRheology in the Design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e"}
Rheology Essentials of...
$150.00
{"id":11242232900,"title":"Rheology Essentials of Cosmetic and Food Emulsions","handle":"978-3-540-25553-6","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Rüdiger Brummer \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-3-540-25553-6 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSpringer Laboratory \u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2006\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003epages 180, 184 illus., 139 in color., Hardcover\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCosmetic emulsions exist today in many forms for a wide variety of applications, including face and hand creams for normal, dry or oily skin, body milks, and lotions, as well as sun-block products. Keeping track of them and their properties are not always easy despite informative product names or partial names (e.g. hand or face cream) that clearly indicate their use and properties. This practical manual provides a detailed overview that describes the key properties and explains how to measure them using modern techniques. Written by expert inflows and flow properties, it focuses on the application of rheological (flow) measurements to cosmetic and food emulsions and the correlation of these results with findings from other tests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeginning with a brief history of rheology and some fundamental principles, the manual describes in detail the use of modern viscometers and rheometers, including concise explanations of the different available instruments. But the focus remains on practical everyday lab procedures: how to characterize cosmetic and food emulsions with different rheological tests such as temperature, time, stress and strain, both static and dynamic. Also the critical topic of how the results correlate with other important product characteristics, for instance, skin sensation, pumping performance, stability etc. is carefully explored. Many pictures, illustrations, graphs, and tables help readers new to the measurement of cosmetic emulsions in their daily work as well as to the more experienced who seek additional special tips and tricks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 INTRODUCTION (pg. 1) \u003cbr\u003e2 A TRIP BACK IN TIME (pg. 5)\u003cbr\u003e3 SKIN AND ITS CARE (pg. 15)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 EMULSIONS – SOME THEORETICAL ASPECTS (pg. 17)\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e4.1 Physicochemical Structure of Cosmetic Products (pg.17)\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Modern Emulsifiers (pg. 19)\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Skin Care and Cleansing (pg. 19)\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Microemulsions (pg. 19)\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Emulsifier-Free Products (pg. 20)\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Production of Emulsions (pg.21)\u003cbr\u003e4.7 Processes occurring during Emulsification (pg. 21)\u003cbr\u003e4.8 Serrated Disc Disperser (pg. 22)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 BASIC PHYSICAL AND MATHEMATICAL PRINCIPLES (pg. 25)\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e5.1 Important Definitions (pg. 25)\u003cbr\u003e5.2 One-Dimensional Parallel PlatesModel (pg. 28)\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Parallel PlateMeasuring System (pg. 30)\u003cbr\u003e5.4 Cone-PlateMeasuring System (pg. 31)\u003cbr\u003e5.5 Coaxial Cylinder Systems (pg. 32)\u003cbr\u003e5.6 Double GapMeasuring System (pg. 35)\u003cbr\u003e5.7 Flow Through Circular Capillary (pg. 36)\u003cbr\u003e5.8 CorrectionMethods (pg. 38)\u003cbr\u003e5.8.1 PPMeasurement System (pg. 39)\u003cbr\u003e5.8.2 Cylinder Measurement Systems (pg. 39)\u003cbr\u003e5.8.3 Circular Capillaries (pg. 39)\u003cbr\u003e5.9 Deformation and Relaxation 40)\u003cbr\u003e5.10 Thixotropy and Rheopexy (pg. 43)\u003cbr\u003e5.11 Vibration orOscillationMeasurements (pg. 44)\u003cbr\u003e5.11.1 Steady andDynamic Stress (pg. 45)\u003cbr\u003e5.11.2 Ideal Elastic Solids (pg. 46)\u003cbr\u003e5.11.3 IdealViscous Fluids (pg. 46)\u003cbr\u003e5.11.4 Real Solids (pg. 47)\u003cbr\u003e5.11.5 Complex Representation (pg. 48)\u003cbr\u003eXVI)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS (pg. 51)\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e6.1 Modern Rheometer (pg. 52)\u003cbr\u003e6.2 High Shear Rheometer (pg. 54)\u003cbr\u003e6.3 StandardViscometer (pg. 55)\u003cbr\u003e6.4 OftenUsedViscometer (pg. 56)\u003cbr\u003e6.5 Automatic Sampler (pg. 57)\u003cbr\u003e6.6 In-process In-\/On-line Viscosity Measurements (pg. 58)\u003cbr\u003e6.7 Future Prospects (pg. 61)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 MOST IMPORTANT TEST METHODS (pg. 63)\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e7.1 Stress Ramp Test (pg. 65)\u003cbr\u003e7.2 Newtonian Flow Behavior (pg. 67)\u003cbr\u003e7.3 Creep Test and Creep Recovery (pg. 67)\u003cbr\u003e7.4 The Ideal Elastic Behavior (pg. 68)\u003cbr\u003e7.5 The IdealViscous Behavior (pg. 68)\u003cbr\u003e7.6 RealViscoelastic Behavior (pg. 69)\u003cbr\u003e7.7 Steady Flow Curve (pg. 69)\u003cbr\u003e7.8 AmplitudeDependence (pg. 71)\u003cbr\u003e7.9 Structure Breakdown and BuildUp (pg. 73)\u003cbr\u003e7.10 TimeDependence (pg. 74)\u003cbr\u003e7.11 Frequency Test (pg. 75)\u003cbr\u003e7.12 Temperature Dependence (pg. 76)\u003cbr\u003e7.13 Combined Temperature-Time Test (pg. 77)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 ANALYSIS OF MEASURING RESULTS AND CORRELATIONS)\u003cbr\u003eWITH OTHER TESTS (pg. 81)\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e8.1 Yield Stress (pg. 81)\u003cbr\u003e8.1.1 Correlations of the Yield Stress with the Primary Skin Feel (pg. 82)\u003cbr\u003e8.1.2 Optimization of the Stress Ramp Test (pg. 83)\u003cbr\u003e8.1.3 Residue Emptying (pg. 85)\u003cbr\u003e8.1.4 Energy Input (pg. 87)\u003cbr\u003e8.1.4.1 Measurement of the Energy Input (pg. 88)\u003cbr\u003e8.1.5 Droplet Sizes and their Distribution (pg. 90)\u003cbr\u003e8.1.6 Pumpability of Cosmetic Emulsions (pg. 92)\u003cbr\u003e8.1.6.1 Estimation of the Maximum Shear Rate (pg. 93)\u003cbr\u003e8.1.6.2 Calculation of the Shear Stress (pg. 94)\u003cbr\u003e8.1.7 Stability Studies Using Yield Stress Measurements (pg. 95)\u003cbr\u003e8.1.8 Results Obtained (pg. 96)\u003cbr\u003e8.2 Steady Flow (pg. 97)\u003cbr\u003e8.2.1 Determination of the Measuring Time (pg. 97)\u003cbr\u003e8.2.2 Temperature Dependence of the Dynamic Viscosity (pg. 98)\u003cbr\u003e8.2.3 Secondary Skin Feel (pg. 99)\u003cbr\u003e8.2.3.1 Investigation of the Secondary Skin Feel (pg. 100)\u003cbr\u003e8.3 OscillatoryMeasurements (pg. 101)\u003cbr\u003e8.3.1 Temperature Dependence of the Moduli (pg. 106)\u003cbr\u003e8.3.2 Temperature Stability (pg. 110)\u003cbr\u003e8.3.3 Rheological Swing Test for Temperature Stability (pg. 112)\u003cbr\u003e8.4 Time Temperature Superposition (TTS) (pg. 117)\u003cbr\u003e8.4.1 Softening Point (pg. 118)\u003cbr\u003e8.4.2 Freezing Point (pg. 118)\u003cbr\u003e8.4.3 Determination of the Master Curve at Constant Frequency (pg.118)\u003cbr\u003e8.4.3.1 Determination of the Activation Energy)\u003cbr\u003evia the Temperature (pg.119)\u003cbr\u003e8.4.3.2 Viscosity (pg. 119)\u003cbr\u003e8.4.3.3 Arrhenius Equation (pg. 120)\u003cbr\u003e8.4.3.4 WLF Equation (pg. 122)\u003cbr\u003e8.4.3.5 First Conclusion (pg. 122)\u003cbr\u003e8.4.3.6 Determination of the Master Curve)\u003cbr\u003ewith Variable Frequency (pg. 123)\u003cbr\u003e8.4.3.7 Final Conclusion (pg. 124)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 INTERPRETATION (pg. 125)\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e9.1 Relationships for Polymers (pg. 125)\u003cbr\u003e9.2 General Statements for Cosmetic Emulsions (pg. 127)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 CALIBRATION\/VALIDATION (pg. 131)\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e10.1 Basic Principles of Statistical Analysis (pg. 133)\u003cbr\u003e10.1.1 NormalDistribution (GaussianDistribution) (pg. 133)\u003cbr\u003e10.1.2 MeanValue (pg. 134)\u003cbr\u003e10.1.3 True Value (pg. 135)\u003cbr\u003e10.1.4 StandardDeviation andVariance (pg. 135)\u003cbr\u003e10.1.4.1 StandardDeviation (pg. 136)\u003cbr\u003e10.1.4.2 Coefficient ofVariation (pg. 136)\u003cbr\u003e10.1.5 MeasuredValue, Result, RandomVariable (pg. 136)\u003cbr\u003e10.1.6 Population, Series,MeasuredValue (pg. 137)\u003cbr\u003e10.1.7 Errors andDeviations (pg. 137)\u003cbr\u003e10.1.7.1 Error Types (pg. 137)\u003cbr\u003e10.1.8 Precision (pg. 138)\u003cbr\u003e10.1.9 Accuracy (pg. 139)\u003cbr\u003e10.1.10 Trueness (pg. 139)\u003cbr\u003e10.1.11 Repeatability (pg. 139)\u003cbr\u003e10.1.12 Reproducibility (pg. 140)\u003cbr\u003e10.1.13 Outliers (pg. 140)\u003cbr\u003e10.2 Back to the Laboratory (pg. 140)\u003cbr\u003e10.2.1 Calibration Test forOscillatoryMeasurements (pg. 143)\u003cbr\u003e10.2.2 Temperature (pg. 145)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 TIPS AND TRICKS (pg. 147)\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e11.1 Materials for Geometric Systems (pg. 147)\u003cbr\u003e11.2 Cone-plate (pg. 147)\u003cbr\u003e11.3 Parallel Plate (pg. 148)\u003cbr\u003e11.4 Cylinder Systems (pg. 148)\u003cbr\u003e11.5 Cleaning Measuring Systems (pg. 148)\u003cbr\u003e11.6 Measurement Artifacts (pg. 149)\u003cbr\u003e11.7 Filling of Cone-plate and Parallel Plate Measuring Systems (pg. 150)\u003cbr\u003e11.8 Interpretation (pg. 152)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 DEFINITION OF COSMETICS (pg. 155)\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e12.1 Cosmetics vs.Drugs (pg. 155)\u003cbr\u003e12.2 Production of Cosmetic Products (pg. 155)\u003cbr\u003e12.3 Naming, Trademark Law, Patents Law (pg. 156)\u003cbr\u003e12.4 Marketing of Cosmetic Products (pg. 156)\u003cbr\u003e12.5 Advertising Cosmetic Products (pg. 157)\u003cbr\u003e12.6 Comments (pg. 160)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 EXCURSION IN THEWORLD OF FOOD RHEOLOGY (pg. 161)\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e13.1 AShort History of Food Rheology (pg. 161)\u003cbr\u003e13.1.1 TheOrigins of Food Rheology (pg. 163)\u003cbr\u003e13.2 Honey (pg. 163)\u003cbr\u003e13.3 Sandwich Spreads (pg. 164)\u003cbr\u003e13.4 Cheese (pg. 165)\u003cbr\u003e13.5 Ketchup (pg. 165)\u003cbr\u003e13.6 Yoghurt (pg. 166)\u003cbr\u003e13.7 Marzipan (pg. 166)\u003cbr\u003e13.8 Starch (pg. 168)\u003cbr\u003e13.9 Foams (pg. 169)\u003cbr\u003e13.10 Chocolate (pg. 170)\u003cbr\u003e13.11 Psychorheology (pg. 170)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 LIST OF REFERENCES (pg. 173)\u003cbr\u003e15 SUBJECT INDEX (pg. 177)\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:22-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:22-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2006","analysis","book","cosmetic emulsions","cosmetics","emulsion","food technology","kosmetische emulsionen","p-properties","polymer","reology","rheologie","rheology","test methods","toiletries","toilettenartikel","viscosimetry"],"price":15000,"price_min":15000,"price_max":15000,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378413188,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Rheology Essentials of Cosmetic and Food Emulsions","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":15000,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-3-540-25553-6","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-3-540-25553-6.jpg?v=1499954205"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-3-540-25553-6.jpg?v=1499954205","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358737739869,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-3-540-25553-6.jpg?v=1499954205"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-3-540-25553-6.jpg?v=1499954205","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Rüdiger Brummer \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-3-540-25553-6 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSpringer Laboratory \u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2006\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003epages 180, 184 illus., 139 in color., Hardcover\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCosmetic emulsions exist today in many forms for a wide variety of applications, including face and hand creams for normal, dry or oily skin, body milks, and lotions, as well as sun-block products. Keeping track of them and their properties are not always easy despite informative product names or partial names (e.g. hand or face cream) that clearly indicate their use and properties. This practical manual provides a detailed overview that describes the key properties and explains how to measure them using modern techniques. Written by expert inflows and flow properties, it focuses on the application of rheological (flow) measurements to cosmetic and food emulsions and the correlation of these results with findings from other tests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeginning with a brief history of rheology and some fundamental principles, the manual describes in detail the use of modern viscometers and rheometers, including concise explanations of the different available instruments. But the focus remains on practical everyday lab procedures: how to characterize cosmetic and food emulsions with different rheological tests such as temperature, time, stress and strain, both static and dynamic. Also the critical topic of how the results correlate with other important product characteristics, for instance, skin sensation, pumping performance, stability etc. is carefully explored. Many pictures, illustrations, graphs, and tables help readers new to the measurement of cosmetic emulsions in their daily work as well as to the more experienced who seek additional special tips and tricks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 INTRODUCTION (pg. 1) \u003cbr\u003e2 A TRIP BACK IN TIME (pg. 5)\u003cbr\u003e3 SKIN AND ITS CARE (pg. 15)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 EMULSIONS – SOME THEORETICAL ASPECTS (pg. 17)\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e4.1 Physicochemical Structure of Cosmetic Products (pg.17)\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Modern Emulsifiers (pg. 19)\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Skin Care and Cleansing (pg. 19)\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Microemulsions (pg. 19)\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Emulsifier-Free Products (pg. 20)\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Production of Emulsions (pg.21)\u003cbr\u003e4.7 Processes occurring during Emulsification (pg. 21)\u003cbr\u003e4.8 Serrated Disc Disperser (pg. 22)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 BASIC PHYSICAL AND MATHEMATICAL PRINCIPLES (pg. 25)\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e5.1 Important Definitions (pg. 25)\u003cbr\u003e5.2 One-Dimensional Parallel PlatesModel (pg. 28)\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Parallel PlateMeasuring System (pg. 30)\u003cbr\u003e5.4 Cone-PlateMeasuring System (pg. 31)\u003cbr\u003e5.5 Coaxial Cylinder Systems (pg. 32)\u003cbr\u003e5.6 Double GapMeasuring System (pg. 35)\u003cbr\u003e5.7 Flow Through Circular Capillary (pg. 36)\u003cbr\u003e5.8 CorrectionMethods (pg. 38)\u003cbr\u003e5.8.1 PPMeasurement System (pg. 39)\u003cbr\u003e5.8.2 Cylinder Measurement Systems (pg. 39)\u003cbr\u003e5.8.3 Circular Capillaries (pg. 39)\u003cbr\u003e5.9 Deformation and Relaxation 40)\u003cbr\u003e5.10 Thixotropy and Rheopexy (pg. 43)\u003cbr\u003e5.11 Vibration orOscillationMeasurements (pg. 44)\u003cbr\u003e5.11.1 Steady andDynamic Stress (pg. 45)\u003cbr\u003e5.11.2 Ideal Elastic Solids (pg. 46)\u003cbr\u003e5.11.3 IdealViscous Fluids (pg. 46)\u003cbr\u003e5.11.4 Real Solids (pg. 47)\u003cbr\u003e5.11.5 Complex Representation (pg. 48)\u003cbr\u003eXVI)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS (pg. 51)\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e6.1 Modern Rheometer (pg. 52)\u003cbr\u003e6.2 High Shear Rheometer (pg. 54)\u003cbr\u003e6.3 StandardViscometer (pg. 55)\u003cbr\u003e6.4 OftenUsedViscometer (pg. 56)\u003cbr\u003e6.5 Automatic Sampler (pg. 57)\u003cbr\u003e6.6 In-process In-\/On-line Viscosity Measurements (pg. 58)\u003cbr\u003e6.7 Future Prospects (pg. 61)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 MOST IMPORTANT TEST METHODS (pg. 63)\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e7.1 Stress Ramp Test (pg. 65)\u003cbr\u003e7.2 Newtonian Flow Behavior (pg. 67)\u003cbr\u003e7.3 Creep Test and Creep Recovery (pg. 67)\u003cbr\u003e7.4 The Ideal Elastic Behavior (pg. 68)\u003cbr\u003e7.5 The IdealViscous Behavior (pg. 68)\u003cbr\u003e7.6 RealViscoelastic Behavior (pg. 69)\u003cbr\u003e7.7 Steady Flow Curve (pg. 69)\u003cbr\u003e7.8 AmplitudeDependence (pg. 71)\u003cbr\u003e7.9 Structure Breakdown and BuildUp (pg. 73)\u003cbr\u003e7.10 TimeDependence (pg. 74)\u003cbr\u003e7.11 Frequency Test (pg. 75)\u003cbr\u003e7.12 Temperature Dependence (pg. 76)\u003cbr\u003e7.13 Combined Temperature-Time Test (pg. 77)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 ANALYSIS OF MEASURING RESULTS AND CORRELATIONS)\u003cbr\u003eWITH OTHER TESTS (pg. 81)\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e8.1 Yield Stress (pg. 81)\u003cbr\u003e8.1.1 Correlations of the Yield Stress with the Primary Skin Feel (pg. 82)\u003cbr\u003e8.1.2 Optimization of the Stress Ramp Test (pg. 83)\u003cbr\u003e8.1.3 Residue Emptying (pg. 85)\u003cbr\u003e8.1.4 Energy Input (pg. 87)\u003cbr\u003e8.1.4.1 Measurement of the Energy Input (pg. 88)\u003cbr\u003e8.1.5 Droplet Sizes and their Distribution (pg. 90)\u003cbr\u003e8.1.6 Pumpability of Cosmetic Emulsions (pg. 92)\u003cbr\u003e8.1.6.1 Estimation of the Maximum Shear Rate (pg. 93)\u003cbr\u003e8.1.6.2 Calculation of the Shear Stress (pg. 94)\u003cbr\u003e8.1.7 Stability Studies Using Yield Stress Measurements (pg. 95)\u003cbr\u003e8.1.8 Results Obtained (pg. 96)\u003cbr\u003e8.2 Steady Flow (pg. 97)\u003cbr\u003e8.2.1 Determination of the Measuring Time (pg. 97)\u003cbr\u003e8.2.2 Temperature Dependence of the Dynamic Viscosity (pg. 98)\u003cbr\u003e8.2.3 Secondary Skin Feel (pg. 99)\u003cbr\u003e8.2.3.1 Investigation of the Secondary Skin Feel (pg. 100)\u003cbr\u003e8.3 OscillatoryMeasurements (pg. 101)\u003cbr\u003e8.3.1 Temperature Dependence of the Moduli (pg. 106)\u003cbr\u003e8.3.2 Temperature Stability (pg. 110)\u003cbr\u003e8.3.3 Rheological Swing Test for Temperature Stability (pg. 112)\u003cbr\u003e8.4 Time Temperature Superposition (TTS) (pg. 117)\u003cbr\u003e8.4.1 Softening Point (pg. 118)\u003cbr\u003e8.4.2 Freezing Point (pg. 118)\u003cbr\u003e8.4.3 Determination of the Master Curve at Constant Frequency (pg.118)\u003cbr\u003e8.4.3.1 Determination of the Activation Energy)\u003cbr\u003evia the Temperature (pg.119)\u003cbr\u003e8.4.3.2 Viscosity (pg. 119)\u003cbr\u003e8.4.3.3 Arrhenius Equation (pg. 120)\u003cbr\u003e8.4.3.4 WLF Equation (pg. 122)\u003cbr\u003e8.4.3.5 First Conclusion (pg. 122)\u003cbr\u003e8.4.3.6 Determination of the Master Curve)\u003cbr\u003ewith Variable Frequency (pg. 123)\u003cbr\u003e8.4.3.7 Final Conclusion (pg. 124)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 INTERPRETATION (pg. 125)\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e9.1 Relationships for Polymers (pg. 125)\u003cbr\u003e9.2 General Statements for Cosmetic Emulsions (pg. 127)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 CALIBRATION\/VALIDATION (pg. 131)\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e10.1 Basic Principles of Statistical Analysis (pg. 133)\u003cbr\u003e10.1.1 NormalDistribution (GaussianDistribution) (pg. 133)\u003cbr\u003e10.1.2 MeanValue (pg. 134)\u003cbr\u003e10.1.3 True Value (pg. 135)\u003cbr\u003e10.1.4 StandardDeviation andVariance (pg. 135)\u003cbr\u003e10.1.4.1 StandardDeviation (pg. 136)\u003cbr\u003e10.1.4.2 Coefficient ofVariation (pg. 136)\u003cbr\u003e10.1.5 MeasuredValue, Result, RandomVariable (pg. 136)\u003cbr\u003e10.1.6 Population, Series,MeasuredValue (pg. 137)\u003cbr\u003e10.1.7 Errors andDeviations (pg. 137)\u003cbr\u003e10.1.7.1 Error Types (pg. 137)\u003cbr\u003e10.1.8 Precision (pg. 138)\u003cbr\u003e10.1.9 Accuracy (pg. 139)\u003cbr\u003e10.1.10 Trueness (pg. 139)\u003cbr\u003e10.1.11 Repeatability (pg. 139)\u003cbr\u003e10.1.12 Reproducibility (pg. 140)\u003cbr\u003e10.1.13 Outliers (pg. 140)\u003cbr\u003e10.2 Back to the Laboratory (pg. 140)\u003cbr\u003e10.2.1 Calibration Test forOscillatoryMeasurements (pg. 143)\u003cbr\u003e10.2.2 Temperature (pg. 145)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 TIPS AND TRICKS (pg. 147)\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e11.1 Materials for Geometric Systems (pg. 147)\u003cbr\u003e11.2 Cone-plate (pg. 147)\u003cbr\u003e11.3 Parallel Plate (pg. 148)\u003cbr\u003e11.4 Cylinder Systems (pg. 148)\u003cbr\u003e11.5 Cleaning Measuring Systems (pg. 148)\u003cbr\u003e11.6 Measurement Artifacts (pg. 149)\u003cbr\u003e11.7 Filling of Cone-plate and Parallel Plate Measuring Systems (pg. 150)\u003cbr\u003e11.8 Interpretation (pg. 152)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 DEFINITION OF COSMETICS (pg. 155)\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e12.1 Cosmetics vs.Drugs (pg. 155)\u003cbr\u003e12.2 Production of Cosmetic Products (pg. 155)\u003cbr\u003e12.3 Naming, Trademark Law, Patents Law (pg. 156)\u003cbr\u003e12.4 Marketing of Cosmetic Products (pg. 156)\u003cbr\u003e12.5 Advertising Cosmetic Products (pg. 157)\u003cbr\u003e12.6 Comments (pg. 160)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 EXCURSION IN THEWORLD OF FOOD RHEOLOGY (pg. 161)\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e13.1 AShort History of Food Rheology (pg. 161)\u003cbr\u003e13.1.1 TheOrigins of Food Rheology (pg. 163)\u003cbr\u003e13.2 Honey (pg. 163)\u003cbr\u003e13.3 Sandwich Spreads (pg. 164)\u003cbr\u003e13.4 Cheese (pg. 165)\u003cbr\u003e13.5 Ketchup (pg. 165)\u003cbr\u003e13.6 Yoghurt (pg. 166)\u003cbr\u003e13.7 Marzipan (pg. 166)\u003cbr\u003e13.8 Starch (pg. 168)\u003cbr\u003e13.9 Foams (pg. 169)\u003cbr\u003e13.10 Chocolate (pg. 170)\u003cbr\u003e13.11 Psychorheology (pg. 170)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 LIST OF REFERENCES (pg. 173)\u003cbr\u003e15 SUBJECT INDEX (pg. 177)\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e"}
Rheology. Concepts, Me...
$250.00
{"id":11242225732,"title":"Rheology. Concepts, Methods, and Applications","handle":"1-895198-33-x","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Prof. Dr. Alexander Ya. Malkin, Prof. Dr. Avraam I. Isayev \u003cbr\u003e10-ISBN 1-895198-33-X\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e13-ISBN 978-1-895198-33-1\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePublished: 2006\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe first edition of this book is out of print. \u003ca href=\"http:\/\/chemtec.org\/proddetail.php?prod=978-1-895198-49-2\"\u003eClick here\u003c\/a\u003e to proceed to the 2nd edition of this book. \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThe pursuit of the golden balance between oversimplification and overload with theory has always been the primary goal of every author of a book on rheology. Rheology is a tool for chemists and chemical engineers to solve many practical problems. They have to learn what to measure, how to measure, and what to do with the data. But, the learning process should not take users away from their major goals, such as manufacturing quality products, developing new materials, analysis of material durability.\n\u003cp\u003eThe first four chapters of this book discuss various aspects of theoretical rheology and, by examples of many studies, show how particular theory, model, or equation can be used in solving different problems. The main emphasis is on liquids but solid materials are discussed in one full chapter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe goal of rheological studies is not to measure some rheological variables but to generate relevant data and this requires experience and understanding of theory. The authors share their experiences of many years of experimental studies and teaching to show the use of rheology in studies of materials. This is one very strong aspect of this book which will help to avert costly confusions - common when data are generated under wrong conditions or data are wrongly used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMethods of measurement and raw data treatment are included in one large chapter which constitutes over one-quarter of the book. Eight groups of methods are discussed here giving many choices for experimentation and guidance on where and how to use them properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe final chapter shows how to use rheological methods in different groups of products and methods of their manufacture. Usefulness of chemorheological (rheokinetical) measurements is also emphasized. This chapter continues with examples of purposeful applications in practical matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe authors were very meticulous in showing the historical sequence of developments which led to the present advancements in rheology. This aspect is of interest of specialists in rheology, professors, and their students because it shows in chronological order important events and teaches about their implications on further discoveries. References to various chapters and short summaries of achievements of many scientists give the essential historical background of contributors to rheology as a science and as the method of solving many practical problems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMany people need this book, ranging from students to accomplished rheologists because it contains expert advice of two very famous and accomplished scientists and teachers who know discoveries first-hand because they may have taken part in some of them and they intend to pass their knowledge to the next generations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book is very useful in the industry but it is invaluable as a teaching tool in universities and colleges because it is consistent with programs of rheology courses. The practicality of this book will prepare students for typical tasks in industry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreface\u003cbr\u003eIntroduction. Rheology: Subject and Goals\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 Continuum Mechanics as a Foundation of Rheology\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1.1 Stresses\u003cbr\u003e1.1.1 General theory\u003cbr\u003e1.1.2 Law of equality of conjugated stresses\u003cbr\u003e1.1.3 Principal stresses\u003cbr\u003e1.1.4 Invariants of a stress tensor\u003cbr\u003e1.1.5 Hydrostatic pressure - spherical tensor and deviator\u003cbr\u003e1.1.6 Equilibrium (balance) equations\u003cbr\u003e1.2 Deformations\u003cbr\u003e1.2.1 Deformations and displacements\u003cbr\u003e1.2.1.1 Deformations\u003cbr\u003e1.2.1.2 Displacements\u003cbr\u003e1.2.2 Infinitesimal deformations: principal values and invariants\u003cbr\u003e1.2.3 Large (finite) deformations\u003cbr\u003e1.2.4 Special cases of deformations - uniaxial elongation and simple shear\u003cbr\u003e1.2.4.1 Uniaxial elongation and Poisson's ratio\u003cbr\u003e1.2.4.2 Simple shear and pure shear \u003cbr\u003e1.3 Kinematics of deformations\u003cbr\u003e1.3.1 Rates of deformation and vorticity\u003cbr\u003e1.3.2 Deformation rates when deformations are large\u003cbr\u003e1.4 Summary - continuum mechanics in rheology\u003cbr\u003e1.4.1 General principles\u003cbr\u003e1.4.2 Objects of continuum as tensors\u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003eQuestions for Chapter 1\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 Viscoelasticity \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Basic experiments\u003cbr\u003e2.1.1 Creep (retarded deformation)\u003cbr\u003e2.1.2 Relaxation\u003cbr\u003e2.1.3 Fading memory\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Relaxation and creep - spectral representation. Dynamic functions\u003cbr\u003e2.2.1 Retardation and relaxation spectra - definitions\u003cbr\u003e2.2.2 Dynamic functions\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Model interpretations\u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Basic mechanical models\u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Complicated mechanical models - differential rheological equations\u003cbr\u003e2.3.3 Non-mechanical models\u003cbr\u003e2.4 Superposition - The Boltzmann-Volterra principle\u003cbr\u003e2.4.1 Integral formulation of the superposition principle\u003cbr\u003e2.4.2 Superposition principle expressed via spectra\u003cbr\u003e2.4.3 Simple transient modes of deformation\u003cbr\u003e2.4.3.1 Relaxation after sudden deformation\u003cbr\u003e2.4.3.2 Developing stresses at constant shear rate\u003cbr\u003e2.4.3.3 Relaxation after steady shear flow\u003cbr\u003e2.4.3 Relationship between relaxation and creep functions\u003cbr\u003e2.4.4 Relaxation function and large deformations\u003cbr\u003e2.5 Relationships among viscoelastic functions\u003cbr\u003e2.5.1 Dynamic functions - relaxation, creep, and spectra\u003cbr\u003e2.5.2 Constants and viscoelastic functions\u003cbr\u003e2.5.3 Calculation of a relaxation spectrum\u003cbr\u003e2.5.3.1 Introduction - general concept\u003cbr\u003e2.5.3.2 Kernel approximation - finding a continuous spectrum\u003cbr\u003e2.5.3.3 Computer-aided methods for a discrete spectrum\u003cbr\u003e2.6 Viscoelasticity and molecular models\u003cbr\u003e2.6.1 Molecular movements of an individual chain\u003cbr\u003e2.6.1.1 A spring-and-bead model (\"free draining chain\")\u003cbr\u003e2.6.1.2 Model of a non-draining coil\u003cbr\u003e2.6.1.3 Model of a rotating coil\u003cbr\u003e2.6.2 Relaxation properties of concentrated polymer solutions and melts\u003cbr\u003e2.6.2.1 Concept of entanglements\u003cbr\u003e2.6.2.2 Two-part distribution of friction coefficient\u003cbr\u003e2.6.2.3 Non-equivalent friction along a chain\u003cbr\u003e2.6.2.4 Viscoelastic entanglements\u003cbr\u003e2.6.2.5 Rubber-like network\u003cbr\u003e2.6.2.6 \"Tube\" (reptation) model\u003cbr\u003e2.6.2.7 Some conclusions\u003cbr\u003e2.6.3 Viscoelasticity of polydisperse polymers\u003cbr\u003e2.7 Time-temperature superposition. Reduced (\"master\") viscoelastic curves\u003cbr\u003e2.7.1 Superposition of experimental curves\u003cbr\u003e2.7.2 Master curves and relaxation states\u003cbr\u003e2.7.3 \"Universal\" relaxation spectra\u003cbr\u003e2.8 Non-linear effects in viscoelasticity\u003cbr\u003e2.8.1 Experimental evidences\u003cbr\u003e2.8.1.1 Non-Newtonian viscosity\u003cbr\u003e2.8.1.2 Non-Hookean behavior of solids\u003cbr\u003e2.8.1.3 Non-linear creep\u003cbr\u003e2.8.1.4 Non-linear relaxation\u003cbr\u003e2.8.1.5 Non-linear periodic measurements\u003cbr\u003e2.8.2 Linear - non-linear correlations\u003cbr\u003e2.8.3 Rheological equations of state for non-linear viscoelastic behavior\u003cbr\u003e2.8.3.1 The K-BKZ model \u003cbr\u003e2.8.3.2 The Wagner models \u003cbr\u003e2.8.3.2 The Leonov model\u003cbr\u003e2.8.3.4 The Marrucci models\u003cbr\u003e2.8.4 Comments - constructing non-linear constitutive equations and experiment\u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003eQuestions for Chapter 2\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 Liquids\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Newtonian and non-Newtonian liquids. Definitions\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Non-Newtonian shear flow\u003cbr\u003e3.2.1 Non-Newtonian behavior of viscoelastic polymeric materials\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2 Non-Newtonian behavior of structured systems - plasticity of liquids\u003cbr\u003e3.2.3 Viscosity of anisotropic liquids\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Equations for viscosity and flow curves\u003cbr\u003e3.3.1 Introduction - the meaning of viscosity measurement\u003cbr\u003e3.3.2 Power-law equations\u003cbr\u003e3.3.3 Equations with yield stress\u003cbr\u003e3.3.4 Basic dependencies of viscosity\u003cbr\u003e3.3.4.1 Viscosity of polymer melts\u003cbr\u003e3.3.4.2 Viscosity of polymer solutions\u003cbr\u003e3.3.4.3 Viscosity of suspensions\u003cbr\u003e3.3.5 Effect of molecular weight distribution on non-Newtonian flow\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Elasticity in shear flows\u003cbr\u003e3.4.1 Rubbery shear deformations - elastic recoil\u003cbr\u003e3.4.2 Normal stresses in shear flow\u003cbr\u003e3.4.2.1 The Weissenberg effect\u003cbr\u003e3.4.2.2 First normal stress difference - quantitative approach\u003cbr\u003e3.4.2.3 Second normal stress difference and secondary flow\u003cbr\u003e3.4.3 Normal stresses and elasticity\u003cbr\u003e3.4.4 Die swell\u003cbr\u003e3.5 Structure rearrangements induced by shear flow\u003cbr\u003e3.5.1 Transient deformation regimes\u003cbr\u003e3.5.2 Thixotropy and rheopexy\u003cbr\u003e3.5.3 Shear-induced phase transitions\u003cbr\u003e3.6 Limits of shear flow - instabilities\u003cbr\u003e3.6.1 Inertial turbulency\u003cbr\u003e3.6.2 The Toms effect\u003cbr\u003e3.6.3 Instabilities inflow of elastic liquids\u003cbr\u003e3.7 Extensional flow\u003cbr\u003e3.7.1 Model experiments - uniaxial flow\u003cbr\u003e3.7.2 Model experiments - rupture\u003cbr\u003e3.7.3 Extension of industrial polymers\u003cbr\u003e3.7.3.1 Multiaxial elongation\u003cbr\u003e3.7.4 The tubeless siphon effect\u003cbr\u003e3.7.5 Instabilities in extension\u003cbr\u003e3.7.5.1 Phase transitions in extension\u003cbr\u003e3.7.5.2 Rayleigh instability\u003cbr\u003e3.7.5.3 Instabilities in extension of a viscoelastic thread\u003cbr\u003e3.8 Conclusions - real liquid is a complex liquid\u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003eQuestions for Chapter 3\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4 Solids\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Introduction and definitions\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Linear elastic (Hookean) materials\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Linear anisotropic solids\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Large deformations in solids and non-linearity\u003cbr\u003e4.4.1 A single-constant model\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2 Multi-constant models\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2.1 Two-constant potential function\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2.2 Multi-member series\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2.3 General presentation\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2.4 Elastic potential of the power-law type\u003cbr\u003e4.4.3 The Poynting effect\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Limits of elasticity\u003cbr\u003e4.5.1 Standard experiment - main definitions\u003cbr\u003e4.5.2 Plasticity\u003cbr\u003e4.5.3 Criteria of plasticity and failure\u003cbr\u003e4.5.3.1 Maximum shear stress\u003cbr\u003e4.5.3.2 The intensity of shear stresses (\"energetic\" criterion)\u003cbr\u003e4.5.3.3 Maximum normal stress\u003cbr\u003e4.5.3.4 Maximum deformation\u003cbr\u003e4.5.3.5 Complex criteria\u003cbr\u003e4.5.4 Structure effects\u003cbr\u003e4.5.4.1 Strengthening\u003cbr\u003e4.5.4.2 Thixotropy\u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003eQuestions for Chapter 4\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5 Rheometry. Experimental Methods\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Introduction - Classification of experimental methods\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Capillary viscometry\u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 Basic theory\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2 Corrections\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.1 Kinetic correction\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.2 Entrance correction\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.3 Pressure losses in a reservoir of viscometer\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.4 Temperature correction\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.5 Pressure correction\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.6 Correction for slip near a wall\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.7 Adsorption on a channel surface\u003cbr\u003e5.2.3 Flow in incompletely filled capillary\u003cbr\u003e5.2.3.1 Motion under action of gravitation forces\u003cbr\u003e5.2.3.2 Motion caused by surface tension forces\u003cbr\u003e5.2.4 Limits of capillary viscometry\u003cbr\u003e5.2.5 Non-viscometric measurements using capillary viscometers\u003cbr\u003e5.2.6 Capillary viscometers\u003cbr\u003e5.2.6.1 Classification of the basic types of instruments\u003cbr\u003e5.2.6.2 Viscometers with the assigned load\u003cbr\u003e5.2.6.3 Cup viscometers\u003cbr\u003e5.2.6.4 Glass viscometers\u003cbr\u003e5.2.7 Viscometers with controlled flow rate\u003cbr\u003e5.2.7.1 Instruments with a power drive\u003cbr\u003e5.2.7.2 Instruments with hydraulic drive\u003cbr\u003e5.2.7.3 Extrusion rheometers\u003cbr\u003e5.2.7.4 Technological capillary tube viscometers\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Rotational rheometry\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1 Tasks and capabilities of the method\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1.1 Viscometric and non-viscometric measurements\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1.2 The method of a constant frequency of rotation\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1.3 The method of a constant torque\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2 Basic theory of rotational instruments\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2.1 Instruments with coaxial cylinders\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2.2 Instruments with conical surfaces\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2.3 Bi-conical viscometers\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2.4 Disk viscometers\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2.5 Viscometers with spherical surfaces\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2.6 End (bottom) corrections in instruments with coaxial cylinders\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2.7 On a role of rigidity of dynamometer\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2.8 Temperature effects\u003cbr\u003e5.3.3 Limitations of rotational viscometry\u003cbr\u003e5.3.4 Rotational instruments\u003cbr\u003e5.3.4.1 Introduction - general considerations\u003cbr\u003e5.3.4.2 Rheogoniometers and elastoviscometers\u003cbr\u003e5.3.4.3 Viscometers with assigned rotational speed\u003cbr\u003e5.3.4.4 Rotational viscometers for special purposes\u003cbr\u003e5.3.4.5 Rotational instruments for technological purposes\u003cbr\u003e5.3.5 Measuring normal stresses\u003cbr\u003e5.3.5.1 Cone-and-plate technique\u003cbr\u003e5.3.5.2 Plate-and-plate technique\u003cbr\u003e5.3.5.3 Coaxial cylinders technique\u003cbr\u003e5.3.5.4 Hole-pressure effect\u003cbr\u003e5.4 Plastometers\u003cbr\u003e5.4.1. Shear flow plastometers\u003cbr\u003e5.4.2 Squeezing flow plastometers\u003cbr\u003e5.4.3 Method of telescopic shear\u003cbr\u003e5.4.3.1 Telescopic shear penetrometer\u003cbr\u003e5.5 Method of falling sphere\u003cbr\u003e5.5.1 Principles\u003cbr\u003e5.5.1.1 Corrections\u003cbr\u003e5.5.2 Method of rolling sphere\u003cbr\u003e5.5.3 Viscometers with falling sphere\u003cbr\u003e5.5.4 Viscometers with falling cylinder\u003cbr\u003e5.6 Extension\u003cbr\u003e5.6.1 General considerations\u003cbr\u003e5.6.2. Experimental methods\u003cbr\u003e5.6.2.1 The simplest measuring schemes\u003cbr\u003e5.6.2.2 Tension in a controlled regime\u003cbr\u003e5.6.2.3 Tubeless siphon instruments\u003cbr\u003e5.6.2.4 Flow in convergent channels\u003cbr\u003e5.6.2.5 High strain rate methods\u003cbr\u003e5.6.3 Biaxial extension\u003cbr\u003e5.7 Measurement of viscoelastic properties by dynamic (oscillation) methods\u003cbr\u003e5.7.1 Principles of measurement - homogeneous deformation\u003cbr\u003e5.7.2 Inhomogeneous deformations\u003cbr\u003e5.7.3 Torsion oscillations\u003cbr\u003e5.7.4 Measuring the impedance of a system\u003cbr\u003e5.7.5 Resonance oscillations\u003cbr\u003e5.7.6 Damping (free) oscillations\u003cbr\u003e5.7.7 Wave propagation\u003cbr\u003e5.7.7.1 Shear waves\u003cbr\u003e5.7.7.2 Longitudinal waves\u003cbr\u003e5.7.8 Vibration viscometry\u003cbr\u003e5.7.8.1 Torsion oscillations\u003cbr\u003e5.7.8.2 Oscillation of a disk in liquid\u003cbr\u003e5.7.8.3 Oscillations of sphere\u003cbr\u003e5.7.8.4 Damping oscillations\u003cbr\u003e5.7.9 Measuring viscoelastic properties in non-symmetrical flows\u003cbr\u003e5.7.9 About experimental techniques\u003cbr\u003e5.7.9.1 Rotational instruments\u003cbr\u003e5.7.9.2 Devices with electromagnetic excitation\u003cbr\u003e5.7.9.3 Torsion pendulums\u003cbr\u003e5.8 Physical methods\u003cbr\u003e5.8.1 Rheo-optical methods\u003cbr\u003e5.8.1.1 Basic remarks\u003cbr\u003e5.8.1.2 Stress - optical rules for polymer melts\u003cbr\u003e5.8.1.3 Stress-optical rule for polymer solutions\u003cbr\u003e5.8.1.4 Viscometers for optical observations\u003cbr\u003e5.8.1.5 Polarization methods for measuring stresses\u003cbr\u003e5.8.1.6 Visualization of polymer flow in dies\u003cbr\u003e5.8.2. Velocimetry\u003cbr\u003e5.8.3 Viscometers-calorimeters\u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003eQuestions for Chapter 5\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6 Applications of Rheology\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Rheological properties of real materials and their characterization\u003cbr\u003e6.2.1 Polymer materials\u003cbr\u003e6.2.2 Mineral oils and oil-based products\u003cbr\u003e6.2.3 Food products\u003cbr\u003e6.2.4 Cosmetics and pharmaceuticals\u003cbr\u003e6.2.5 Biological fluids\u003cbr\u003e6.2.6 Concentrated suspensions\u003cbr\u003e6.2.7 Electro- and magneto-rheological materials\u003cbr\u003e6.2.8 Concluding remarks\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Rheokinetics (chemorheology) and rheokinetic liquids\u003cbr\u003e6.3.1. Formulation of problem\u003cbr\u003e6.3.2. Linear polymerization\u003cbr\u003e6.3.3 Oligomer curing\u003cbr\u003e6.3.3.1 Viscosity change and a gel-point\u003cbr\u003e6.3.3.2 Curing at high shear rates\u003cbr\u003e6.3.3.3 Curing after gel-point\u003cbr\u003e6.3.4 Intermolecular transformations\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Solution of dynamic problems\u003cbr\u003e6.4.1 General formulation\u003cbr\u003e6.4.2 Flow through tubes\u003cbr\u003e6.4.3 Flow in technological equipment\u003cbr\u003e6.4.3.1 Pumping screw\u003cbr\u003e6.4.3.2 Calendering and related processes\u003cbr\u003e6.4.3.3 Extension-based technologies\u003cbr\u003e6.4.3.4 Molding technologies\u003cbr\u003e6.4.3.5 Compression molding\u003cbr\u003e6.4.3.6 Injection molding\u003cbr\u003e6.4.3.7 Injection-compression molding\u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003eQuestions for Chapter 6\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNotations\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnswers\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndex\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nProf. Dr. Alexander Ya. Malkin, Principal Research Fellow, Institute of Petrochemical Synthesis, Russian Academy of Sciences, Moscow, Russia \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eProf. Dr. Avraam I. Isayev, Distinguished Professor, Institute of Polymer Engineering, The University of Akron, Akron, USA\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","published_at":"2018-02-11T10:50:56-05:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:59-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2006","anisotropic","creep","deformations","dynamic","elastoviscometers","flow","function","industry","kinematics","Leonov","liquids. definitions","Marrucci","Newtonian","non-Newtonian","Poisson's ratio","polymeric","relaxation","retardation","rheogoniometers","rheology","rubbery","shear","stresses","tensor","The K-BKZ","uniaxial elongation","viscoelastic","viscoelasticity","viscometers","Wagner","Weissenberg"],"price":25000,"price_min":25000,"price_max":25000,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378391300,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Rheology. Concepts, Methods, and Applications","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":25000,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/1-895198-33-X.jpg?v=1499954813"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/1-895198-33-X.jpg?v=1499954813","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358738264157,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/1-895198-33-X.jpg?v=1499954813"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/1-895198-33-X.jpg?v=1499954813","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Prof. Dr. Alexander Ya. Malkin, Prof. Dr. Avraam I. Isayev \u003cbr\u003e10-ISBN 1-895198-33-X\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e13-ISBN 978-1-895198-33-1\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePublished: 2006\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe first edition of this book is out of print. \u003ca href=\"http:\/\/chemtec.org\/proddetail.php?prod=978-1-895198-49-2\"\u003eClick here\u003c\/a\u003e to proceed to the 2nd edition of this book. \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThe pursuit of the golden balance between oversimplification and overload with theory has always been the primary goal of every author of a book on rheology. Rheology is a tool for chemists and chemical engineers to solve many practical problems. They have to learn what to measure, how to measure, and what to do with the data. But, the learning process should not take users away from their major goals, such as manufacturing quality products, developing new materials, analysis of material durability.\n\u003cp\u003eThe first four chapters of this book discuss various aspects of theoretical rheology and, by examples of many studies, show how particular theory, model, or equation can be used in solving different problems. The main emphasis is on liquids but solid materials are discussed in one full chapter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe goal of rheological studies is not to measure some rheological variables but to generate relevant data and this requires experience and understanding of theory. The authors share their experiences of many years of experimental studies and teaching to show the use of rheology in studies of materials. This is one very strong aspect of this book which will help to avert costly confusions - common when data are generated under wrong conditions or data are wrongly used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMethods of measurement and raw data treatment are included in one large chapter which constitutes over one-quarter of the book. Eight groups of methods are discussed here giving many choices for experimentation and guidance on where and how to use them properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe final chapter shows how to use rheological methods in different groups of products and methods of their manufacture. Usefulness of chemorheological (rheokinetical) measurements is also emphasized. This chapter continues with examples of purposeful applications in practical matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe authors were very meticulous in showing the historical sequence of developments which led to the present advancements in rheology. This aspect is of interest of specialists in rheology, professors, and their students because it shows in chronological order important events and teaches about their implications on further discoveries. References to various chapters and short summaries of achievements of many scientists give the essential historical background of contributors to rheology as a science and as the method of solving many practical problems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMany people need this book, ranging from students to accomplished rheologists because it contains expert advice of two very famous and accomplished scientists and teachers who know discoveries first-hand because they may have taken part in some of them and they intend to pass their knowledge to the next generations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book is very useful in the industry but it is invaluable as a teaching tool in universities and colleges because it is consistent with programs of rheology courses. The practicality of this book will prepare students for typical tasks in industry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreface\u003cbr\u003eIntroduction. Rheology: Subject and Goals\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 Continuum Mechanics as a Foundation of Rheology\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1.1 Stresses\u003cbr\u003e1.1.1 General theory\u003cbr\u003e1.1.2 Law of equality of conjugated stresses\u003cbr\u003e1.1.3 Principal stresses\u003cbr\u003e1.1.4 Invariants of a stress tensor\u003cbr\u003e1.1.5 Hydrostatic pressure - spherical tensor and deviator\u003cbr\u003e1.1.6 Equilibrium (balance) equations\u003cbr\u003e1.2 Deformations\u003cbr\u003e1.2.1 Deformations and displacements\u003cbr\u003e1.2.1.1 Deformations\u003cbr\u003e1.2.1.2 Displacements\u003cbr\u003e1.2.2 Infinitesimal deformations: principal values and invariants\u003cbr\u003e1.2.3 Large (finite) deformations\u003cbr\u003e1.2.4 Special cases of deformations - uniaxial elongation and simple shear\u003cbr\u003e1.2.4.1 Uniaxial elongation and Poisson's ratio\u003cbr\u003e1.2.4.2 Simple shear and pure shear \u003cbr\u003e1.3 Kinematics of deformations\u003cbr\u003e1.3.1 Rates of deformation and vorticity\u003cbr\u003e1.3.2 Deformation rates when deformations are large\u003cbr\u003e1.4 Summary - continuum mechanics in rheology\u003cbr\u003e1.4.1 General principles\u003cbr\u003e1.4.2 Objects of continuum as tensors\u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003eQuestions for Chapter 1\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 Viscoelasticity \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Basic experiments\u003cbr\u003e2.1.1 Creep (retarded deformation)\u003cbr\u003e2.1.2 Relaxation\u003cbr\u003e2.1.3 Fading memory\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Relaxation and creep - spectral representation. Dynamic functions\u003cbr\u003e2.2.1 Retardation and relaxation spectra - definitions\u003cbr\u003e2.2.2 Dynamic functions\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Model interpretations\u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Basic mechanical models\u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Complicated mechanical models - differential rheological equations\u003cbr\u003e2.3.3 Non-mechanical models\u003cbr\u003e2.4 Superposition - The Boltzmann-Volterra principle\u003cbr\u003e2.4.1 Integral formulation of the superposition principle\u003cbr\u003e2.4.2 Superposition principle expressed via spectra\u003cbr\u003e2.4.3 Simple transient modes of deformation\u003cbr\u003e2.4.3.1 Relaxation after sudden deformation\u003cbr\u003e2.4.3.2 Developing stresses at constant shear rate\u003cbr\u003e2.4.3.3 Relaxation after steady shear flow\u003cbr\u003e2.4.3 Relationship between relaxation and creep functions\u003cbr\u003e2.4.4 Relaxation function and large deformations\u003cbr\u003e2.5 Relationships among viscoelastic functions\u003cbr\u003e2.5.1 Dynamic functions - relaxation, creep, and spectra\u003cbr\u003e2.5.2 Constants and viscoelastic functions\u003cbr\u003e2.5.3 Calculation of a relaxation spectrum\u003cbr\u003e2.5.3.1 Introduction - general concept\u003cbr\u003e2.5.3.2 Kernel approximation - finding a continuous spectrum\u003cbr\u003e2.5.3.3 Computer-aided methods for a discrete spectrum\u003cbr\u003e2.6 Viscoelasticity and molecular models\u003cbr\u003e2.6.1 Molecular movements of an individual chain\u003cbr\u003e2.6.1.1 A spring-and-bead model (\"free draining chain\")\u003cbr\u003e2.6.1.2 Model of a non-draining coil\u003cbr\u003e2.6.1.3 Model of a rotating coil\u003cbr\u003e2.6.2 Relaxation properties of concentrated polymer solutions and melts\u003cbr\u003e2.6.2.1 Concept of entanglements\u003cbr\u003e2.6.2.2 Two-part distribution of friction coefficient\u003cbr\u003e2.6.2.3 Non-equivalent friction along a chain\u003cbr\u003e2.6.2.4 Viscoelastic entanglements\u003cbr\u003e2.6.2.5 Rubber-like network\u003cbr\u003e2.6.2.6 \"Tube\" (reptation) model\u003cbr\u003e2.6.2.7 Some conclusions\u003cbr\u003e2.6.3 Viscoelasticity of polydisperse polymers\u003cbr\u003e2.7 Time-temperature superposition. Reduced (\"master\") viscoelastic curves\u003cbr\u003e2.7.1 Superposition of experimental curves\u003cbr\u003e2.7.2 Master curves and relaxation states\u003cbr\u003e2.7.3 \"Universal\" relaxation spectra\u003cbr\u003e2.8 Non-linear effects in viscoelasticity\u003cbr\u003e2.8.1 Experimental evidences\u003cbr\u003e2.8.1.1 Non-Newtonian viscosity\u003cbr\u003e2.8.1.2 Non-Hookean behavior of solids\u003cbr\u003e2.8.1.3 Non-linear creep\u003cbr\u003e2.8.1.4 Non-linear relaxation\u003cbr\u003e2.8.1.5 Non-linear periodic measurements\u003cbr\u003e2.8.2 Linear - non-linear correlations\u003cbr\u003e2.8.3 Rheological equations of state for non-linear viscoelastic behavior\u003cbr\u003e2.8.3.1 The K-BKZ model \u003cbr\u003e2.8.3.2 The Wagner models \u003cbr\u003e2.8.3.2 The Leonov model\u003cbr\u003e2.8.3.4 The Marrucci models\u003cbr\u003e2.8.4 Comments - constructing non-linear constitutive equations and experiment\u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003eQuestions for Chapter 2\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 Liquids\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Newtonian and non-Newtonian liquids. Definitions\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Non-Newtonian shear flow\u003cbr\u003e3.2.1 Non-Newtonian behavior of viscoelastic polymeric materials\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2 Non-Newtonian behavior of structured systems - plasticity of liquids\u003cbr\u003e3.2.3 Viscosity of anisotropic liquids\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Equations for viscosity and flow curves\u003cbr\u003e3.3.1 Introduction - the meaning of viscosity measurement\u003cbr\u003e3.3.2 Power-law equations\u003cbr\u003e3.3.3 Equations with yield stress\u003cbr\u003e3.3.4 Basic dependencies of viscosity\u003cbr\u003e3.3.4.1 Viscosity of polymer melts\u003cbr\u003e3.3.4.2 Viscosity of polymer solutions\u003cbr\u003e3.3.4.3 Viscosity of suspensions\u003cbr\u003e3.3.5 Effect of molecular weight distribution on non-Newtonian flow\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Elasticity in shear flows\u003cbr\u003e3.4.1 Rubbery shear deformations - elastic recoil\u003cbr\u003e3.4.2 Normal stresses in shear flow\u003cbr\u003e3.4.2.1 The Weissenberg effect\u003cbr\u003e3.4.2.2 First normal stress difference - quantitative approach\u003cbr\u003e3.4.2.3 Second normal stress difference and secondary flow\u003cbr\u003e3.4.3 Normal stresses and elasticity\u003cbr\u003e3.4.4 Die swell\u003cbr\u003e3.5 Structure rearrangements induced by shear flow\u003cbr\u003e3.5.1 Transient deformation regimes\u003cbr\u003e3.5.2 Thixotropy and rheopexy\u003cbr\u003e3.5.3 Shear-induced phase transitions\u003cbr\u003e3.6 Limits of shear flow - instabilities\u003cbr\u003e3.6.1 Inertial turbulency\u003cbr\u003e3.6.2 The Toms effect\u003cbr\u003e3.6.3 Instabilities inflow of elastic liquids\u003cbr\u003e3.7 Extensional flow\u003cbr\u003e3.7.1 Model experiments - uniaxial flow\u003cbr\u003e3.7.2 Model experiments - rupture\u003cbr\u003e3.7.3 Extension of industrial polymers\u003cbr\u003e3.7.3.1 Multiaxial elongation\u003cbr\u003e3.7.4 The tubeless siphon effect\u003cbr\u003e3.7.5 Instabilities in extension\u003cbr\u003e3.7.5.1 Phase transitions in extension\u003cbr\u003e3.7.5.2 Rayleigh instability\u003cbr\u003e3.7.5.3 Instabilities in extension of a viscoelastic thread\u003cbr\u003e3.8 Conclusions - real liquid is a complex liquid\u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003eQuestions for Chapter 3\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4 Solids\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Introduction and definitions\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Linear elastic (Hookean) materials\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Linear anisotropic solids\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Large deformations in solids and non-linearity\u003cbr\u003e4.4.1 A single-constant model\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2 Multi-constant models\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2.1 Two-constant potential function\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2.2 Multi-member series\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2.3 General presentation\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2.4 Elastic potential of the power-law type\u003cbr\u003e4.4.3 The Poynting effect\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Limits of elasticity\u003cbr\u003e4.5.1 Standard experiment - main definitions\u003cbr\u003e4.5.2 Plasticity\u003cbr\u003e4.5.3 Criteria of plasticity and failure\u003cbr\u003e4.5.3.1 Maximum shear stress\u003cbr\u003e4.5.3.2 The intensity of shear stresses (\"energetic\" criterion)\u003cbr\u003e4.5.3.3 Maximum normal stress\u003cbr\u003e4.5.3.4 Maximum deformation\u003cbr\u003e4.5.3.5 Complex criteria\u003cbr\u003e4.5.4 Structure effects\u003cbr\u003e4.5.4.1 Strengthening\u003cbr\u003e4.5.4.2 Thixotropy\u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003eQuestions for Chapter 4\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5 Rheometry. Experimental Methods\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Introduction - Classification of experimental methods\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Capillary viscometry\u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 Basic theory\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2 Corrections\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.1 Kinetic correction\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.2 Entrance correction\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.3 Pressure losses in a reservoir of viscometer\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.4 Temperature correction\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.5 Pressure correction\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.6 Correction for slip near a wall\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.7 Adsorption on a channel surface\u003cbr\u003e5.2.3 Flow in incompletely filled capillary\u003cbr\u003e5.2.3.1 Motion under action of gravitation forces\u003cbr\u003e5.2.3.2 Motion caused by surface tension forces\u003cbr\u003e5.2.4 Limits of capillary viscometry\u003cbr\u003e5.2.5 Non-viscometric measurements using capillary viscometers\u003cbr\u003e5.2.6 Capillary viscometers\u003cbr\u003e5.2.6.1 Classification of the basic types of instruments\u003cbr\u003e5.2.6.2 Viscometers with the assigned load\u003cbr\u003e5.2.6.3 Cup viscometers\u003cbr\u003e5.2.6.4 Glass viscometers\u003cbr\u003e5.2.7 Viscometers with controlled flow rate\u003cbr\u003e5.2.7.1 Instruments with a power drive\u003cbr\u003e5.2.7.2 Instruments with hydraulic drive\u003cbr\u003e5.2.7.3 Extrusion rheometers\u003cbr\u003e5.2.7.4 Technological capillary tube viscometers\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Rotational rheometry\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1 Tasks and capabilities of the method\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1.1 Viscometric and non-viscometric measurements\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1.2 The method of a constant frequency of rotation\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1.3 The method of a constant torque\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2 Basic theory of rotational instruments\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2.1 Instruments with coaxial cylinders\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2.2 Instruments with conical surfaces\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2.3 Bi-conical viscometers\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2.4 Disk viscometers\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2.5 Viscometers with spherical surfaces\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2.6 End (bottom) corrections in instruments with coaxial cylinders\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2.7 On a role of rigidity of dynamometer\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2.8 Temperature effects\u003cbr\u003e5.3.3 Limitations of rotational viscometry\u003cbr\u003e5.3.4 Rotational instruments\u003cbr\u003e5.3.4.1 Introduction - general considerations\u003cbr\u003e5.3.4.2 Rheogoniometers and elastoviscometers\u003cbr\u003e5.3.4.3 Viscometers with assigned rotational speed\u003cbr\u003e5.3.4.4 Rotational viscometers for special purposes\u003cbr\u003e5.3.4.5 Rotational instruments for technological purposes\u003cbr\u003e5.3.5 Measuring normal stresses\u003cbr\u003e5.3.5.1 Cone-and-plate technique\u003cbr\u003e5.3.5.2 Plate-and-plate technique\u003cbr\u003e5.3.5.3 Coaxial cylinders technique\u003cbr\u003e5.3.5.4 Hole-pressure effect\u003cbr\u003e5.4 Plastometers\u003cbr\u003e5.4.1. Shear flow plastometers\u003cbr\u003e5.4.2 Squeezing flow plastometers\u003cbr\u003e5.4.3 Method of telescopic shear\u003cbr\u003e5.4.3.1 Telescopic shear penetrometer\u003cbr\u003e5.5 Method of falling sphere\u003cbr\u003e5.5.1 Principles\u003cbr\u003e5.5.1.1 Corrections\u003cbr\u003e5.5.2 Method of rolling sphere\u003cbr\u003e5.5.3 Viscometers with falling sphere\u003cbr\u003e5.5.4 Viscometers with falling cylinder\u003cbr\u003e5.6 Extension\u003cbr\u003e5.6.1 General considerations\u003cbr\u003e5.6.2. Experimental methods\u003cbr\u003e5.6.2.1 The simplest measuring schemes\u003cbr\u003e5.6.2.2 Tension in a controlled regime\u003cbr\u003e5.6.2.3 Tubeless siphon instruments\u003cbr\u003e5.6.2.4 Flow in convergent channels\u003cbr\u003e5.6.2.5 High strain rate methods\u003cbr\u003e5.6.3 Biaxial extension\u003cbr\u003e5.7 Measurement of viscoelastic properties by dynamic (oscillation) methods\u003cbr\u003e5.7.1 Principles of measurement - homogeneous deformation\u003cbr\u003e5.7.2 Inhomogeneous deformations\u003cbr\u003e5.7.3 Torsion oscillations\u003cbr\u003e5.7.4 Measuring the impedance of a system\u003cbr\u003e5.7.5 Resonance oscillations\u003cbr\u003e5.7.6 Damping (free) oscillations\u003cbr\u003e5.7.7 Wave propagation\u003cbr\u003e5.7.7.1 Shear waves\u003cbr\u003e5.7.7.2 Longitudinal waves\u003cbr\u003e5.7.8 Vibration viscometry\u003cbr\u003e5.7.8.1 Torsion oscillations\u003cbr\u003e5.7.8.2 Oscillation of a disk in liquid\u003cbr\u003e5.7.8.3 Oscillations of sphere\u003cbr\u003e5.7.8.4 Damping oscillations\u003cbr\u003e5.7.9 Measuring viscoelastic properties in non-symmetrical flows\u003cbr\u003e5.7.9 About experimental techniques\u003cbr\u003e5.7.9.1 Rotational instruments\u003cbr\u003e5.7.9.2 Devices with electromagnetic excitation\u003cbr\u003e5.7.9.3 Torsion pendulums\u003cbr\u003e5.8 Physical methods\u003cbr\u003e5.8.1 Rheo-optical methods\u003cbr\u003e5.8.1.1 Basic remarks\u003cbr\u003e5.8.1.2 Stress - optical rules for polymer melts\u003cbr\u003e5.8.1.3 Stress-optical rule for polymer solutions\u003cbr\u003e5.8.1.4 Viscometers for optical observations\u003cbr\u003e5.8.1.5 Polarization methods for measuring stresses\u003cbr\u003e5.8.1.6 Visualization of polymer flow in dies\u003cbr\u003e5.8.2. Velocimetry\u003cbr\u003e5.8.3 Viscometers-calorimeters\u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003eQuestions for Chapter 5\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6 Applications of Rheology\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Rheological properties of real materials and their characterization\u003cbr\u003e6.2.1 Polymer materials\u003cbr\u003e6.2.2 Mineral oils and oil-based products\u003cbr\u003e6.2.3 Food products\u003cbr\u003e6.2.4 Cosmetics and pharmaceuticals\u003cbr\u003e6.2.5 Biological fluids\u003cbr\u003e6.2.6 Concentrated suspensions\u003cbr\u003e6.2.7 Electro- and magneto-rheological materials\u003cbr\u003e6.2.8 Concluding remarks\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Rheokinetics (chemorheology) and rheokinetic liquids\u003cbr\u003e6.3.1. Formulation of problem\u003cbr\u003e6.3.2. Linear polymerization\u003cbr\u003e6.3.3 Oligomer curing\u003cbr\u003e6.3.3.1 Viscosity change and a gel-point\u003cbr\u003e6.3.3.2 Curing at high shear rates\u003cbr\u003e6.3.3.3 Curing after gel-point\u003cbr\u003e6.3.4 Intermolecular transformations\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Solution of dynamic problems\u003cbr\u003e6.4.1 General formulation\u003cbr\u003e6.4.2 Flow through tubes\u003cbr\u003e6.4.3 Flow in technological equipment\u003cbr\u003e6.4.3.1 Pumping screw\u003cbr\u003e6.4.3.2 Calendering and related processes\u003cbr\u003e6.4.3.3 Extension-based technologies\u003cbr\u003e6.4.3.4 Molding technologies\u003cbr\u003e6.4.3.5 Compression molding\u003cbr\u003e6.4.3.6 Injection molding\u003cbr\u003e6.4.3.7 Injection-compression molding\u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003eQuestions for Chapter 6\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNotations\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnswers\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndex\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nProf. Dr. Alexander Ya. Malkin, Principal Research Fellow, Institute of Petrochemical Synthesis, Russian Academy of Sciences, Moscow, Russia \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eProf. Dr. Avraam I. Isayev, Distinguished Professor, Institute of Polymer Engineering, The University of Akron, Akron, USA\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e"}
Rheology. Concepts, Me...
$285.00
{"id":11242225860,"title":"Rheology. Concepts, Methods, and Applications, 2nd Edition","handle":"978-1-895198-49-2","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Prof. Dr. Alexander Ya. Malkin, Prof. Dr. Avraam I. Isayev \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-895198-49-2 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePages 474+xiv\u003cbr\u003eFigures 252\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThe second edition of this excellent book brings many new features, which were outlined in the preface to the 2nd Edition. \u003cbr\u003eThe pursuit of the golden balance between oversimplification and overload with theory has always been the primary goal of every author of a book on rheology. Rheology is a tool for chemists and chemical engineers to solve many practical problems. They have to learn what to measure, how to measure, and what to do with the data. But, the learning process should not take users away from their major goals, such as manufacturing quality products, developing new materials, analysis of material durability.\u003cbr\u003eThe first four chapters of this book discuss various aspects of theoretical rheology and, by examples of many studies, show how particular theory, model, or equation can be used in solving different problems. The main emphasis is on liquids but solid materials are discussed in one full chapter.\u003cbr\u003eThe goal of rheological studies is not to measure some rheological variables but to generate relevant data and this requires experience and understanding of theory. The authors share their experiences of many years of experimental studies and teaching to show the use of rheology in studies of materials. This is one very strong aspect of this book which will help to avert costly confusions - common when data are generated under wrong conditions or data are wrongly used.\u003cbr\u003eMethods of measurement and raw data treatment are included in one large chapter which constitutes over one-quarter of the book. Eight groups of methods are discussed here giving many choices for experimentation and guidance on where and how to use them properly.\u003cbr\u003eThe final chapter shows how to use rheological methods in different groups of products and methods of their manufacture. Usefulness of chemorheological (rheokinetical) measurements is also emphasized. This chapter continues with examples of purposeful applications in practical matters.\u003cbr\u003eThe authors were very meticulous in showing the historical sequence of developments which led to the present advancements in rheology. This aspect is of interest of specialists in rheology, professors, and their students because it shows in chronological order important events and teaches about their implications on further discoveries. References to various chapters and short summaries of achievements of many scientists give the essential historical background of contributors to rheology as a science and as the method of solving many practical problems.\u003cbr\u003eMany people need this book, ranging from students to accomplished rheologists because it contains expert advice of two very famous and accomplished scientists and teachers who know discoveries first-hand because they may have taken part in some of them and they intend to pass their knowledge to the next generations. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book is very useful in the industry but it is invaluable as a teaching tool in universities and colleges because it is consistent with programs of rheology courses. The practicality of this book will prepare students for typical tasks in industry. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003ePreface to the 2nd Edition\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIn preparing the Second Edition of this book, the general structure of the book is maintained and some necessary corrections and additions are made. The most important recent results published in periodicals till the middle of 2011 are added. In particular, Section 2.8.1 of Chapter 2, Section 3.5.2 of Chapter 3 and Subsection 5.8.1.2 of Chapter 5 are modified. A new Subsection 5.6.2.6 on Capillary breakup in elongational rheometry is added. Furthermore, Section 3.2.3 on Viscosity of anisotropic liquids and Section 3.6.3 on Instabilities in the flow of elastic fluids of Chapter 3 are completely rewritten. Many other modifications in the text are made and some new figures are added. Also, all the detected misprints and errors found by ourselves or pointed out by colleagues are corrected. \u003cbr\u003eAfter publication of the First Edition of the book, a lot of comments and advice from our friends and colleagues were received. We are very grateful to all of them for constructive criticism and valuable comments.\u003cbr\u003eWe are also grateful to our Editor, Dr. G. Wypych, for his hard work in improving the manuscript and making it ready for publication.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAlexander Ya. Malkin,\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMoscow, Russia\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eAvraam I. Isayev\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAkron, Ohio, USA\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\nPreface\u003cbr\u003eIntroduction. Rheology: Subject and Goals\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1 Continuum Mechanics as a Foundation of Rheology\u003cbr\u003e1.1 Stresses\u003cbr\u003e1.1.1 General theory\u003cbr\u003e1.1.2 Law of equality of conjugated stresses\u003cbr\u003e1.1.3 Principal stresses\u003cbr\u003e1.1.4 Invariants of a stress tensor\u003cbr\u003e1.1.5 Hydrostatic pressure - spherical tensor and deviator\u003cbr\u003e1.1.6 Equilibrium (balance) equations\u003cbr\u003e1.2 Deformations\u003cbr\u003e1.2.1 Deformations and displacements\u003cbr\u003e1.2.1.1 Deformations\u003cbr\u003e1.2.1.2 Displacements\u003cbr\u003e1.2.2 Infinitesimal deformations: principal values and invariants\u003cbr\u003e1.2.3 Large (finite) deformations\u003cbr\u003e1.2.4 Special cases of deformations - uniaxial elongation and simple shear\u003cbr\u003e1.2.4.1 Uniaxial elongation and Poisson's ratio\u003cbr\u003e1.2.4.2 Simple shear and pure shear \u003cbr\u003e1.3 Kinematics of deformations\u003cbr\u003e1.3.1 Rates of deformation and vorticity\u003cbr\u003e1.3.2 Deformation rates when deformations are large\u003cbr\u003e1.4 Summary - continuum mechanics in rheology\u003cbr\u003e1.4.1 General principles\u003cbr\u003e1.4.2 Objects of continuum as tensors\u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003eQuestions for Chapter 1\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2 Viscoelasticity \u003cbr\u003e2.1 Basic experiments\u003cbr\u003e2.1.1 Creep (retarded deformation)\u003cbr\u003e2.1.2 Relaxation\u003cbr\u003e2.1.3 Fading memory\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Relaxation and creep - spectral representation. Dynamic functions\u003cbr\u003e2.2.1 Retardation and relaxation spectra - definitions\u003cbr\u003e2.2.2 Dynamic functions\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Model interpretations\u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Basic mechanical models\u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Complicated mechanical models - differential rheological equations\u003cbr\u003e2.3.3 Non-mechanical models\u003cbr\u003e2.4 Superposition - The Boltzmann-Volterra principle\u003cbr\u003e2.4.1 Integral formulation of the superposition principle\u003cbr\u003e2.4.2 Superposition principle expressed via spectra\u003cbr\u003e2.4.3 Simple transient modes of deformation\u003cbr\u003e2.4.3.1 Relaxation after sudden deformation\u003cbr\u003e2.4.3.2 Developing stresses at constant shear rate\u003cbr\u003e2.4.3.3 Relaxation after steady shear flow\u003cbr\u003e2.4.3 Relationship between relaxation and creep functions\u003cbr\u003e2.4.4 Relaxation function and large deformations\u003cbr\u003e2.4.3.4 Relationship between relaxation and creep functions \u003cbr\u003e2.4.3.5 Relaxation function and large deformations\u003cbr\u003e2.5 Relationships among viscoelastic functions\u003cbr\u003e2.5.1 Dynamic functions - relaxation, creep, and spectra\u003cbr\u003e2.5.2 Constants and viscoelastic functions\u003cbr\u003e2.5.3 Calculation of a relaxation spectrum\u003cbr\u003e2.5.3.1 Introduction - general concept\u003cbr\u003e2.5.3.2 Kernel approximation - finding a continuous spectrum\u003cbr\u003e2.5.3.3 Computer-aided methods for a discrete spectrum\u003cbr\u003e2.6 Viscoelasticity and molecular models\u003cbr\u003e2.6.1 Molecular movements of an individual chain\u003cbr\u003e2.6.1.1 A spring-and-bead model (\"free draining chain\")\u003cbr\u003e2.6.1.2 Model of a non-draining coil\u003cbr\u003e2.6.1.3 Model of a rotating coil\u003cbr\u003e2.6.2 Relaxation properties of concentrated polymer solutions and melts\u003cbr\u003e2.6.2.1 Concept of entanglements\u003cbr\u003e2.6.2.2 Two-part distribution of friction coefficient\u003cbr\u003e2.6.2.3 Non-equivalent friction along a chain\u003cbr\u003e2.6.2.4 Viscoelastic entanglements\u003cbr\u003e2.6.2.5 Rubber-like network\u003cbr\u003e2.6.2.6 \"Tube\" (reptation) model\u003cbr\u003e2.6.2.7 Some conclusions\u003cbr\u003e2.6.3 Viscoelasticity of polydisperse polymers\u003cbr\u003e2.7 Time-temperature superposition. Reduced (\"master\") viscoelastic curves\u003cbr\u003e2.7.1 Superposition of experimental curves\u003cbr\u003e2.7.2 Master curves and relaxation states\u003cbr\u003e2.7.3 \"Universal\" relaxation spectra\u003cbr\u003e2.8 Non-linear effects in viscoelasticity\u003cbr\u003e2.8.1 Experimental evidences\u003cbr\u003e2.8.1.1 Non-Newtonian viscosity\u003cbr\u003e2.8.1.2 Non-Hookean behavior of solids\u003cbr\u003e2.8.1.3 Non-linear creep\u003cbr\u003e2.8.1.4 Non-linear relaxation\u003cbr\u003e2.8.1.5 Non-linear periodic measurements\u003cbr\u003e2.8.2 Linear - non-linear correlations\u003cbr\u003e2.8.3 Rheological equations of state for non-linear viscoelastic behavior\u003cbr\u003e2.8.3.1 The K-BKZ model \u003cbr\u003e2.8.3.2 The Wagner models \u003cbr\u003e2.8.3.2 The Leonov model\u003cbr\u003e2.8.3.4 The Marrucci models\u003cbr\u003e2.8.4 Comments - constructing non-linear constitutive equations and experiment\u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003eQuestions for Chapter 2\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3 Liquids\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Newtonian and non-Newtonian liquids. Definitions\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Non-Newtonian shear flow\u003cbr\u003e3.2.1 Non-Newtonian behavior of viscoelastic polymeric materials\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2 Non-Newtonian behavior of structured systems - plasticity of liquids\u003cbr\u003e3.2.3 Viscosity of anisotropic liquids\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Equations for viscosity and flow curves\u003cbr\u003e3.3.1 Introduction - the meaning of viscosity measurement\u003cbr\u003e3.3.2 Power-law equations\u003cbr\u003e3.3.3 Equations with yield stress\u003cbr\u003e3.3.4 Basic dependencies of viscosity\u003cbr\u003e3.3.4.1 Viscosity of polymer melts\u003cbr\u003e3.3.4.2 Viscosity of polymer solutions\u003cbr\u003e3.3.4.3 Viscosity of suspensions\u003cbr\u003e3.3.5 Effect of molecular weight distribution on non-Newtonian flow\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Elasticity in shear flows\u003cbr\u003e3.4.1 Rubbery shear deformations - elastic recoil\u003cbr\u003e3.4.2 Normal stresses in shear flow\u003cbr\u003e3.4.2.1 The Weissenberg effect\u003cbr\u003e3.4.2.2 First normal stress difference - quantitative approach\u003cbr\u003e3.4.2.3 Second normal stress difference and secondary flow\u003cbr\u003e3.4.3 Normal stresses and elasticity\u003cbr\u003e3.4.4 Die swell\u003cbr\u003e3.5 Structure rearrangements induced by shear flow\u003cbr\u003e3.5.1 Transient deformation regimes\u003cbr\u003e3.5.2 Thixotropy and rheopexy\u003cbr\u003e3.5.3 Shear-induced phase transitions\u003cbr\u003e3.6 Limits of shear flow - instabilities\u003cbr\u003e3.6.1 Inertial turbulency\u003cbr\u003e3.6.2 The Toms effect\u003cbr\u003e3.6.3 Instabilities inflow of elastic liquids\u003cbr\u003e3.6.3.1 Dynamic structure formation and secondary flows in elastic fluids\u003cbr\u003e3.6.3.2 Secondary flows in the flow of elastic fluids\u003cbr\u003e3.6.3.3 Shear banding\u003cbr\u003e3.7 Extensional flow\u003cbr\u003e3.7.1 Model experiments - uniaxial flow\u003cbr\u003e3.7.2 Model experiments - rupture\u003cbr\u003e3.7.3 Extension of industrial polymers\u003cbr\u003e3.7.3.1 Multiaxial elongation\u003cbr\u003e3.7.4 The tubeless siphon effect\u003cbr\u003e3.7.5 Instabilities in extension\u003cbr\u003e3.7.5.1 Phase transitions in extension\u003cbr\u003e3.7.5.2 Rayleigh instability\u003cbr\u003e3.7.5.3 Instabilities in extension of a viscoelastic thread\u003cbr\u003e3.8 Conclusions - real liquid is a complex liquid\u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003eQuestions for Chapter 3\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4 Solids\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Introduction and definitions\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Linear elastic (Hookean) materials\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Linear anisotropic solids\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Large deformations in solids and non-linearity\u003cbr\u003e4.4.1 A single-constant model\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2 Multi-constant models\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2.1 Two-constant potential function\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2.2 Multi-member series\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2.3 General presentation\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2.4 Elastic potential of the power-law type\u003cbr\u003e4.4.3 The Poynting effect\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Limits of elasticity\u003cbr\u003e4.5.1 Standard experiment - main definitions\u003cbr\u003e4.5.2 Plasticity\u003cbr\u003e4.5.3 Criteria of plasticity and failure\u003cbr\u003e4.5.3.1 Maximum shear stress\u003cbr\u003e4.5.3.2 The intensity of shear stresses (\"energetic\" criterion)\u003cbr\u003e4.5.3.3 Maximum normal stress\u003cbr\u003e4.5.3.4 Maximum deformation\u003cbr\u003e4.5.3.5 Complex criteria\u003cbr\u003e4.5.4 Structure effects\u003cbr\u003e4.5.4.1 Strengthening\u003cbr\u003e4.5.4.2 Thixotropy\u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003eQuestions for Chapter 4\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5 Rheometry. Experimental Methods\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Introduction - Classification of experimental methods\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Capillary viscometry\u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 Basic theory\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2 Corrections\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.1 Kinetic correction\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.2 Entrance correction\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.3 Pressure losses in a reservoir of viscometer\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.4 Temperature correction\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.5 Pressure correction\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.6 Correction for slip near a wall\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.7 Adsorption on a channel surface\u003cbr\u003e5.2.3 Flow in incompletely filled capillary\u003cbr\u003e5.2.3.1 Motion under action of gravitation forces\u003cbr\u003e5.2.3.2 Motion caused by surface tension forces\u003cbr\u003e5.2.4 Limits of capillary viscometry\u003cbr\u003e5.2.5 Non-viscometric measurements using capillary viscometers\u003cbr\u003e5.2.6 Capillary viscometers\u003cbr\u003e5.2.6.1 Classification of the basic types of instruments\u003cbr\u003e5.2.6.2 Viscometers with the assigned load\u003cbr\u003e5.2.6.3 Cup viscometers\u003cbr\u003e5.2.6.4 Glass viscometers\u003cbr\u003e5.2.7 Viscometers with controlled flow rate\u003cbr\u003e5.2.7.1 Instruments with a power drive\u003cbr\u003e5.2.7.2 Instruments with hydraulic drive\u003cbr\u003e5.2.7.3 Extrusion rheometers\u003cbr\u003e5.2.7.4 Technological capillary tube viscometers\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Rotational rheometry\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1 Tasks and capabilities of the method\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1.1 Viscometric and non-viscometric measurements\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1.2 The method of a constant frequency of rotation\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1.3 The method of a constant torque\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2 Basic theory of rotational instruments\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2.1 Instruments with coaxial cylinders\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2.2 Instruments with conical surfaces\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2.3 Bi-conical viscometers\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2.4 Disk viscometers\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2.5 Viscometers with spherical surfaces\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2.6 End (bottom) corrections in instruments with coaxial cylinders\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2.7 On a role of rigidity of dynamometer\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2.8 Temperature effects\u003cbr\u003e5.3.3 Limitations of rotational viscometry\u003cbr\u003e5.3.4 Rotational instruments\u003cbr\u003e5.3.4.1 Introduction - general considerations\u003cbr\u003e5.3.4.2 Rheogoniometers and elastoviscometers\u003cbr\u003e5.3.4.3 Viscometers with assigned rotational speed\u003cbr\u003e5.3.4.4 Rotational viscometers for special purposes\u003cbr\u003e5.3.4.5 Rotational instruments for technological purposes\u003cbr\u003e5.3.5 Measuring normal stresses\u003cbr\u003e5.3.5.1 Cone-and-plate technique\u003cbr\u003e5.3.5.2 Plate-and-plate technique\u003cbr\u003e5.3.5.3 Coaxial cylinders technique\u003cbr\u003e5.3.5.4 Hole-pressure effect\u003cbr\u003e5.4 Plastometers\u003cbr\u003e5.4.1. Shear flow plastometers\u003cbr\u003e5.4.2 Squeezing flow plastometers\u003cbr\u003e5.4.3 Method of telescopic shear\u003cbr\u003e5.4.3.1 Telescopic shear penetrometer\u003cbr\u003e5.5 Method of falling sphere\u003cbr\u003e5.5.1 Principles\u003cbr\u003e5.5.1.1 Corrections\u003cbr\u003e5.5.2 Method of rolling sphere\u003cbr\u003e5.5.3 Viscometers with falling sphere\u003cbr\u003e5.5.4 Viscometers with falling cylinder\u003cbr\u003e5.6 Extension\u003cbr\u003e5.6.1 General considerations\u003cbr\u003e5.6.2. Experimental methods\u003cbr\u003e5.6.2.1 The simplest measuring schemes\u003cbr\u003e5.6.2.2 Tension in a controlled regime\u003cbr\u003e5.6.2.3 Tubeless siphon instruments\u003cbr\u003e5.6.2.4 Flow in convergent channels\u003cbr\u003e5.6.2.5 High strain rate methods\u003cbr\u003e5.6.3 Biaxial extension\u003cbr\u003e5.7 Measurement of viscoelastic properties by dynamic (oscillation) methods\u003cbr\u003e5.7.1 Principles of measurement - homogeneous deformation\u003cbr\u003e5.7.2 Inhomogeneous deformations\u003cbr\u003e5.7.3 Torsion oscillations\u003cbr\u003e5.7.4 Measuring the impedance of a system\u003cbr\u003e5.7.5 Resonance oscillations\u003cbr\u003e5.7.6 Damping (free) oscillations\u003cbr\u003e5.7.7 Wave propagation\u003cbr\u003e5.7.7.1 Shear waves\u003cbr\u003e5.7.7.2 Longitudinal waves\u003cbr\u003e5.7.8 Vibration viscometry\u003cbr\u003e5.7.8.1 Torsion oscillations\u003cbr\u003e5.7.8.2 Oscillation of a disk in liquid\u003cbr\u003e5.7.8.3 Oscillations of sphere\u003cbr\u003e5.7.8.4 Damping oscillations\u003cbr\u003e5.7.9 Measuring viscoelastic properties in non-symmetrical flows\u003cbr\u003e5.7.9 About experimental techniques\u003cbr\u003e5.7.9.1 Rotational instruments\u003cbr\u003e5.7.9.2 Devices with electromagnetic excitation\u003cbr\u003e5.7.9.3 Torsion pendulums\u003cbr\u003e5.8 Physical methods\u003cbr\u003e5.8.1 Rheo-optical methods\u003cbr\u003e5.8.1.1 Basic remarks\u003cbr\u003e5.8.1.2 Stress - optical rules for polymer melts\u003cbr\u003e5.8.1.3 Stress-optical rule for polymer solutions\u003cbr\u003e5.8.1.4 Viscometers for optical observations\u003cbr\u003e5.8.1.5 Polarization methods for measuring stresses\u003cbr\u003e5.8.1.6 Visualization of polymer flow in dies\u003cbr\u003e5.8.2. Velocimetry\u003cbr\u003e5.8.3 Viscometers-calorimeters\u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003eQuestions for Chapter 5\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6 Applications of Rheology\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Rheological properties of real materials and their characterization\u003cbr\u003e6.2.1 Polymer materials\u003cbr\u003e6.2.2 Mineral oils and oil-based products\u003cbr\u003e6.2.3 Food products\u003cbr\u003e6.2.4 Cosmetics and pharmaceuticals\u003cbr\u003e6.2.5 Biological fluids\u003cbr\u003e6.2.6 Concentrated suspensions\u003cbr\u003e6.2.7 Electro- and magneto-rheological materials\u003cbr\u003e6.2.8 Concluding remarks\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Rheokinetics (chemorheology) and rheokinetic liquids\u003cbr\u003e6.3.1. Formulation of problem\u003cbr\u003e6.3.2. Linear polymerization\u003cbr\u003e6.3.3 Oligomer curing\u003cbr\u003e6.3.3.1 Viscosity change and a gel-point\u003cbr\u003e6.3.3.2 Curing at high shear rates\u003cbr\u003e6.3.3.3 Curing after gel-point\u003cbr\u003e6.3.4 Intermolecular transformations\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Solution of dynamic problems\u003cbr\u003e6.4.1 General formulation\u003cbr\u003e6.4.2 Flow through tubes\u003cbr\u003e6.4.3 Flow in technological equipment\u003cbr\u003e6.4.3.1 Pumping screw\u003cbr\u003e6.4.3.2 Calendering and related processes\u003cbr\u003e6.4.3.3 Extension-based technologies\u003cbr\u003e6.4.3.4 Molding technologies\u003cbr\u003e6.4.3.5 Compression molding\u003cbr\u003e6.4.3.6 Injection molding\u003cbr\u003e6.4.3.7 Injection-compression molding\u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003eQuestions for Chapter 6\u003cbr\u003eNotations\u003cbr\u003eAnswers\u003cbr\u003eIndex\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nProf. Dr. Alexander Ya. Malkin, Principal Research Fellow, Institute of Petrochemical Synthesis, Russian Academy of Sciences, Moscow, Russia \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eProf. Dr. Avraam I. Isayev, Distinguished Professor, Institute of Polymer Engineering, The University of Akron, Akron, USA\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","published_at":"2018-02-11T11:09:20-05:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:00-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2012","creep","deformation","dynamic","elasticity","elongation","extension","flow","liquids","Newtonian","non-Newtonian","plastometers","polymer melts","polymer solutions","rheokinetics","rheological equations","rheological properties","rheology","rheometry","rubber","shear flow","solids","stresses","suspensions","the Boltzmann-Volterra","time-temperature superposition","viscoelastic functions","viscoelasticity"],"price":28500,"price_min":28500,"price_max":28500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378391428,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Rheology. Concepts, Methods, and Applications, 2nd Edition","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":28500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-895198-49-2.jpg?v=1499954842"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-895198-49-2.jpg?v=1499954842","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358738296925,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-895198-49-2.jpg?v=1499954842"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-895198-49-2.jpg?v=1499954842","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Prof. Dr. Alexander Ya. Malkin, Prof. Dr. Avraam I. Isayev \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-895198-49-2 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePages 474+xiv\u003cbr\u003eFigures 252\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThe second edition of this excellent book brings many new features, which were outlined in the preface to the 2nd Edition. \u003cbr\u003eThe pursuit of the golden balance between oversimplification and overload with theory has always been the primary goal of every author of a book on rheology. Rheology is a tool for chemists and chemical engineers to solve many practical problems. They have to learn what to measure, how to measure, and what to do with the data. But, the learning process should not take users away from their major goals, such as manufacturing quality products, developing new materials, analysis of material durability.\u003cbr\u003eThe first four chapters of this book discuss various aspects of theoretical rheology and, by examples of many studies, show how particular theory, model, or equation can be used in solving different problems. The main emphasis is on liquids but solid materials are discussed in one full chapter.\u003cbr\u003eThe goal of rheological studies is not to measure some rheological variables but to generate relevant data and this requires experience and understanding of theory. The authors share their experiences of many years of experimental studies and teaching to show the use of rheology in studies of materials. This is one very strong aspect of this book which will help to avert costly confusions - common when data are generated under wrong conditions or data are wrongly used.\u003cbr\u003eMethods of measurement and raw data treatment are included in one large chapter which constitutes over one-quarter of the book. Eight groups of methods are discussed here giving many choices for experimentation and guidance on where and how to use them properly.\u003cbr\u003eThe final chapter shows how to use rheological methods in different groups of products and methods of their manufacture. Usefulness of chemorheological (rheokinetical) measurements is also emphasized. This chapter continues with examples of purposeful applications in practical matters.\u003cbr\u003eThe authors were very meticulous in showing the historical sequence of developments which led to the present advancements in rheology. This aspect is of interest of specialists in rheology, professors, and their students because it shows in chronological order important events and teaches about their implications on further discoveries. References to various chapters and short summaries of achievements of many scientists give the essential historical background of contributors to rheology as a science and as the method of solving many practical problems.\u003cbr\u003eMany people need this book, ranging from students to accomplished rheologists because it contains expert advice of two very famous and accomplished scientists and teachers who know discoveries first-hand because they may have taken part in some of them and they intend to pass their knowledge to the next generations. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book is very useful in the industry but it is invaluable as a teaching tool in universities and colleges because it is consistent with programs of rheology courses. The practicality of this book will prepare students for typical tasks in industry. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003ePreface to the 2nd Edition\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIn preparing the Second Edition of this book, the general structure of the book is maintained and some necessary corrections and additions are made. The most important recent results published in periodicals till the middle of 2011 are added. In particular, Section 2.8.1 of Chapter 2, Section 3.5.2 of Chapter 3 and Subsection 5.8.1.2 of Chapter 5 are modified. A new Subsection 5.6.2.6 on Capillary breakup in elongational rheometry is added. Furthermore, Section 3.2.3 on Viscosity of anisotropic liquids and Section 3.6.3 on Instabilities in the flow of elastic fluids of Chapter 3 are completely rewritten. Many other modifications in the text are made and some new figures are added. Also, all the detected misprints and errors found by ourselves or pointed out by colleagues are corrected. \u003cbr\u003eAfter publication of the First Edition of the book, a lot of comments and advice from our friends and colleagues were received. We are very grateful to all of them for constructive criticism and valuable comments.\u003cbr\u003eWe are also grateful to our Editor, Dr. G. Wypych, for his hard work in improving the manuscript and making it ready for publication.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAlexander Ya. Malkin,\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMoscow, Russia\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eAvraam I. Isayev\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAkron, Ohio, USA\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\nPreface\u003cbr\u003eIntroduction. Rheology: Subject and Goals\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1 Continuum Mechanics as a Foundation of Rheology\u003cbr\u003e1.1 Stresses\u003cbr\u003e1.1.1 General theory\u003cbr\u003e1.1.2 Law of equality of conjugated stresses\u003cbr\u003e1.1.3 Principal stresses\u003cbr\u003e1.1.4 Invariants of a stress tensor\u003cbr\u003e1.1.5 Hydrostatic pressure - spherical tensor and deviator\u003cbr\u003e1.1.6 Equilibrium (balance) equations\u003cbr\u003e1.2 Deformations\u003cbr\u003e1.2.1 Deformations and displacements\u003cbr\u003e1.2.1.1 Deformations\u003cbr\u003e1.2.1.2 Displacements\u003cbr\u003e1.2.2 Infinitesimal deformations: principal values and invariants\u003cbr\u003e1.2.3 Large (finite) deformations\u003cbr\u003e1.2.4 Special cases of deformations - uniaxial elongation and simple shear\u003cbr\u003e1.2.4.1 Uniaxial elongation and Poisson's ratio\u003cbr\u003e1.2.4.2 Simple shear and pure shear \u003cbr\u003e1.3 Kinematics of deformations\u003cbr\u003e1.3.1 Rates of deformation and vorticity\u003cbr\u003e1.3.2 Deformation rates when deformations are large\u003cbr\u003e1.4 Summary - continuum mechanics in rheology\u003cbr\u003e1.4.1 General principles\u003cbr\u003e1.4.2 Objects of continuum as tensors\u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003eQuestions for Chapter 1\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2 Viscoelasticity \u003cbr\u003e2.1 Basic experiments\u003cbr\u003e2.1.1 Creep (retarded deformation)\u003cbr\u003e2.1.2 Relaxation\u003cbr\u003e2.1.3 Fading memory\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Relaxation and creep - spectral representation. Dynamic functions\u003cbr\u003e2.2.1 Retardation and relaxation spectra - definitions\u003cbr\u003e2.2.2 Dynamic functions\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Model interpretations\u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Basic mechanical models\u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Complicated mechanical models - differential rheological equations\u003cbr\u003e2.3.3 Non-mechanical models\u003cbr\u003e2.4 Superposition - The Boltzmann-Volterra principle\u003cbr\u003e2.4.1 Integral formulation of the superposition principle\u003cbr\u003e2.4.2 Superposition principle expressed via spectra\u003cbr\u003e2.4.3 Simple transient modes of deformation\u003cbr\u003e2.4.3.1 Relaxation after sudden deformation\u003cbr\u003e2.4.3.2 Developing stresses at constant shear rate\u003cbr\u003e2.4.3.3 Relaxation after steady shear flow\u003cbr\u003e2.4.3 Relationship between relaxation and creep functions\u003cbr\u003e2.4.4 Relaxation function and large deformations\u003cbr\u003e2.4.3.4 Relationship between relaxation and creep functions \u003cbr\u003e2.4.3.5 Relaxation function and large deformations\u003cbr\u003e2.5 Relationships among viscoelastic functions\u003cbr\u003e2.5.1 Dynamic functions - relaxation, creep, and spectra\u003cbr\u003e2.5.2 Constants and viscoelastic functions\u003cbr\u003e2.5.3 Calculation of a relaxation spectrum\u003cbr\u003e2.5.3.1 Introduction - general concept\u003cbr\u003e2.5.3.2 Kernel approximation - finding a continuous spectrum\u003cbr\u003e2.5.3.3 Computer-aided methods for a discrete spectrum\u003cbr\u003e2.6 Viscoelasticity and molecular models\u003cbr\u003e2.6.1 Molecular movements of an individual chain\u003cbr\u003e2.6.1.1 A spring-and-bead model (\"free draining chain\")\u003cbr\u003e2.6.1.2 Model of a non-draining coil\u003cbr\u003e2.6.1.3 Model of a rotating coil\u003cbr\u003e2.6.2 Relaxation properties of concentrated polymer solutions and melts\u003cbr\u003e2.6.2.1 Concept of entanglements\u003cbr\u003e2.6.2.2 Two-part distribution of friction coefficient\u003cbr\u003e2.6.2.3 Non-equivalent friction along a chain\u003cbr\u003e2.6.2.4 Viscoelastic entanglements\u003cbr\u003e2.6.2.5 Rubber-like network\u003cbr\u003e2.6.2.6 \"Tube\" (reptation) model\u003cbr\u003e2.6.2.7 Some conclusions\u003cbr\u003e2.6.3 Viscoelasticity of polydisperse polymers\u003cbr\u003e2.7 Time-temperature superposition. Reduced (\"master\") viscoelastic curves\u003cbr\u003e2.7.1 Superposition of experimental curves\u003cbr\u003e2.7.2 Master curves and relaxation states\u003cbr\u003e2.7.3 \"Universal\" relaxation spectra\u003cbr\u003e2.8 Non-linear effects in viscoelasticity\u003cbr\u003e2.8.1 Experimental evidences\u003cbr\u003e2.8.1.1 Non-Newtonian viscosity\u003cbr\u003e2.8.1.2 Non-Hookean behavior of solids\u003cbr\u003e2.8.1.3 Non-linear creep\u003cbr\u003e2.8.1.4 Non-linear relaxation\u003cbr\u003e2.8.1.5 Non-linear periodic measurements\u003cbr\u003e2.8.2 Linear - non-linear correlations\u003cbr\u003e2.8.3 Rheological equations of state for non-linear viscoelastic behavior\u003cbr\u003e2.8.3.1 The K-BKZ model \u003cbr\u003e2.8.3.2 The Wagner models \u003cbr\u003e2.8.3.2 The Leonov model\u003cbr\u003e2.8.3.4 The Marrucci models\u003cbr\u003e2.8.4 Comments - constructing non-linear constitutive equations and experiment\u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003eQuestions for Chapter 2\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3 Liquids\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Newtonian and non-Newtonian liquids. Definitions\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Non-Newtonian shear flow\u003cbr\u003e3.2.1 Non-Newtonian behavior of viscoelastic polymeric materials\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2 Non-Newtonian behavior of structured systems - plasticity of liquids\u003cbr\u003e3.2.3 Viscosity of anisotropic liquids\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Equations for viscosity and flow curves\u003cbr\u003e3.3.1 Introduction - the meaning of viscosity measurement\u003cbr\u003e3.3.2 Power-law equations\u003cbr\u003e3.3.3 Equations with yield stress\u003cbr\u003e3.3.4 Basic dependencies of viscosity\u003cbr\u003e3.3.4.1 Viscosity of polymer melts\u003cbr\u003e3.3.4.2 Viscosity of polymer solutions\u003cbr\u003e3.3.4.3 Viscosity of suspensions\u003cbr\u003e3.3.5 Effect of molecular weight distribution on non-Newtonian flow\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Elasticity in shear flows\u003cbr\u003e3.4.1 Rubbery shear deformations - elastic recoil\u003cbr\u003e3.4.2 Normal stresses in shear flow\u003cbr\u003e3.4.2.1 The Weissenberg effect\u003cbr\u003e3.4.2.2 First normal stress difference - quantitative approach\u003cbr\u003e3.4.2.3 Second normal stress difference and secondary flow\u003cbr\u003e3.4.3 Normal stresses and elasticity\u003cbr\u003e3.4.4 Die swell\u003cbr\u003e3.5 Structure rearrangements induced by shear flow\u003cbr\u003e3.5.1 Transient deformation regimes\u003cbr\u003e3.5.2 Thixotropy and rheopexy\u003cbr\u003e3.5.3 Shear-induced phase transitions\u003cbr\u003e3.6 Limits of shear flow - instabilities\u003cbr\u003e3.6.1 Inertial turbulency\u003cbr\u003e3.6.2 The Toms effect\u003cbr\u003e3.6.3 Instabilities inflow of elastic liquids\u003cbr\u003e3.6.3.1 Dynamic structure formation and secondary flows in elastic fluids\u003cbr\u003e3.6.3.2 Secondary flows in the flow of elastic fluids\u003cbr\u003e3.6.3.3 Shear banding\u003cbr\u003e3.7 Extensional flow\u003cbr\u003e3.7.1 Model experiments - uniaxial flow\u003cbr\u003e3.7.2 Model experiments - rupture\u003cbr\u003e3.7.3 Extension of industrial polymers\u003cbr\u003e3.7.3.1 Multiaxial elongation\u003cbr\u003e3.7.4 The tubeless siphon effect\u003cbr\u003e3.7.5 Instabilities in extension\u003cbr\u003e3.7.5.1 Phase transitions in extension\u003cbr\u003e3.7.5.2 Rayleigh instability\u003cbr\u003e3.7.5.3 Instabilities in extension of a viscoelastic thread\u003cbr\u003e3.8 Conclusions - real liquid is a complex liquid\u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003eQuestions for Chapter 3\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4 Solids\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Introduction and definitions\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Linear elastic (Hookean) materials\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Linear anisotropic solids\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Large deformations in solids and non-linearity\u003cbr\u003e4.4.1 A single-constant model\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2 Multi-constant models\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2.1 Two-constant potential function\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2.2 Multi-member series\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2.3 General presentation\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2.4 Elastic potential of the power-law type\u003cbr\u003e4.4.3 The Poynting effect\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Limits of elasticity\u003cbr\u003e4.5.1 Standard experiment - main definitions\u003cbr\u003e4.5.2 Plasticity\u003cbr\u003e4.5.3 Criteria of plasticity and failure\u003cbr\u003e4.5.3.1 Maximum shear stress\u003cbr\u003e4.5.3.2 The intensity of shear stresses (\"energetic\" criterion)\u003cbr\u003e4.5.3.3 Maximum normal stress\u003cbr\u003e4.5.3.4 Maximum deformation\u003cbr\u003e4.5.3.5 Complex criteria\u003cbr\u003e4.5.4 Structure effects\u003cbr\u003e4.5.4.1 Strengthening\u003cbr\u003e4.5.4.2 Thixotropy\u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003eQuestions for Chapter 4\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5 Rheometry. Experimental Methods\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Introduction - Classification of experimental methods\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Capillary viscometry\u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 Basic theory\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2 Corrections\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.1 Kinetic correction\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.2 Entrance correction\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.3 Pressure losses in a reservoir of viscometer\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.4 Temperature correction\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.5 Pressure correction\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.6 Correction for slip near a wall\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.7 Adsorption on a channel surface\u003cbr\u003e5.2.3 Flow in incompletely filled capillary\u003cbr\u003e5.2.3.1 Motion under action of gravitation forces\u003cbr\u003e5.2.3.2 Motion caused by surface tension forces\u003cbr\u003e5.2.4 Limits of capillary viscometry\u003cbr\u003e5.2.5 Non-viscometric measurements using capillary viscometers\u003cbr\u003e5.2.6 Capillary viscometers\u003cbr\u003e5.2.6.1 Classification of the basic types of instruments\u003cbr\u003e5.2.6.2 Viscometers with the assigned load\u003cbr\u003e5.2.6.3 Cup viscometers\u003cbr\u003e5.2.6.4 Glass viscometers\u003cbr\u003e5.2.7 Viscometers with controlled flow rate\u003cbr\u003e5.2.7.1 Instruments with a power drive\u003cbr\u003e5.2.7.2 Instruments with hydraulic drive\u003cbr\u003e5.2.7.3 Extrusion rheometers\u003cbr\u003e5.2.7.4 Technological capillary tube viscometers\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Rotational rheometry\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1 Tasks and capabilities of the method\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1.1 Viscometric and non-viscometric measurements\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1.2 The method of a constant frequency of rotation\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1.3 The method of a constant torque\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2 Basic theory of rotational instruments\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2.1 Instruments with coaxial cylinders\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2.2 Instruments with conical surfaces\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2.3 Bi-conical viscometers\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2.4 Disk viscometers\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2.5 Viscometers with spherical surfaces\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2.6 End (bottom) corrections in instruments with coaxial cylinders\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2.7 On a role of rigidity of dynamometer\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2.8 Temperature effects\u003cbr\u003e5.3.3 Limitations of rotational viscometry\u003cbr\u003e5.3.4 Rotational instruments\u003cbr\u003e5.3.4.1 Introduction - general considerations\u003cbr\u003e5.3.4.2 Rheogoniometers and elastoviscometers\u003cbr\u003e5.3.4.3 Viscometers with assigned rotational speed\u003cbr\u003e5.3.4.4 Rotational viscometers for special purposes\u003cbr\u003e5.3.4.5 Rotational instruments for technological purposes\u003cbr\u003e5.3.5 Measuring normal stresses\u003cbr\u003e5.3.5.1 Cone-and-plate technique\u003cbr\u003e5.3.5.2 Plate-and-plate technique\u003cbr\u003e5.3.5.3 Coaxial cylinders technique\u003cbr\u003e5.3.5.4 Hole-pressure effect\u003cbr\u003e5.4 Plastometers\u003cbr\u003e5.4.1. Shear flow plastometers\u003cbr\u003e5.4.2 Squeezing flow plastometers\u003cbr\u003e5.4.3 Method of telescopic shear\u003cbr\u003e5.4.3.1 Telescopic shear penetrometer\u003cbr\u003e5.5 Method of falling sphere\u003cbr\u003e5.5.1 Principles\u003cbr\u003e5.5.1.1 Corrections\u003cbr\u003e5.5.2 Method of rolling sphere\u003cbr\u003e5.5.3 Viscometers with falling sphere\u003cbr\u003e5.5.4 Viscometers with falling cylinder\u003cbr\u003e5.6 Extension\u003cbr\u003e5.6.1 General considerations\u003cbr\u003e5.6.2. Experimental methods\u003cbr\u003e5.6.2.1 The simplest measuring schemes\u003cbr\u003e5.6.2.2 Tension in a controlled regime\u003cbr\u003e5.6.2.3 Tubeless siphon instruments\u003cbr\u003e5.6.2.4 Flow in convergent channels\u003cbr\u003e5.6.2.5 High strain rate methods\u003cbr\u003e5.6.3 Biaxial extension\u003cbr\u003e5.7 Measurement of viscoelastic properties by dynamic (oscillation) methods\u003cbr\u003e5.7.1 Principles of measurement - homogeneous deformation\u003cbr\u003e5.7.2 Inhomogeneous deformations\u003cbr\u003e5.7.3 Torsion oscillations\u003cbr\u003e5.7.4 Measuring the impedance of a system\u003cbr\u003e5.7.5 Resonance oscillations\u003cbr\u003e5.7.6 Damping (free) oscillations\u003cbr\u003e5.7.7 Wave propagation\u003cbr\u003e5.7.7.1 Shear waves\u003cbr\u003e5.7.7.2 Longitudinal waves\u003cbr\u003e5.7.8 Vibration viscometry\u003cbr\u003e5.7.8.1 Torsion oscillations\u003cbr\u003e5.7.8.2 Oscillation of a disk in liquid\u003cbr\u003e5.7.8.3 Oscillations of sphere\u003cbr\u003e5.7.8.4 Damping oscillations\u003cbr\u003e5.7.9 Measuring viscoelastic properties in non-symmetrical flows\u003cbr\u003e5.7.9 About experimental techniques\u003cbr\u003e5.7.9.1 Rotational instruments\u003cbr\u003e5.7.9.2 Devices with electromagnetic excitation\u003cbr\u003e5.7.9.3 Torsion pendulums\u003cbr\u003e5.8 Physical methods\u003cbr\u003e5.8.1 Rheo-optical methods\u003cbr\u003e5.8.1.1 Basic remarks\u003cbr\u003e5.8.1.2 Stress - optical rules for polymer melts\u003cbr\u003e5.8.1.3 Stress-optical rule for polymer solutions\u003cbr\u003e5.8.1.4 Viscometers for optical observations\u003cbr\u003e5.8.1.5 Polarization methods for measuring stresses\u003cbr\u003e5.8.1.6 Visualization of polymer flow in dies\u003cbr\u003e5.8.2. Velocimetry\u003cbr\u003e5.8.3 Viscometers-calorimeters\u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003eQuestions for Chapter 5\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6 Applications of Rheology\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Rheological properties of real materials and their characterization\u003cbr\u003e6.2.1 Polymer materials\u003cbr\u003e6.2.2 Mineral oils and oil-based products\u003cbr\u003e6.2.3 Food products\u003cbr\u003e6.2.4 Cosmetics and pharmaceuticals\u003cbr\u003e6.2.5 Biological fluids\u003cbr\u003e6.2.6 Concentrated suspensions\u003cbr\u003e6.2.7 Electro- and magneto-rheological materials\u003cbr\u003e6.2.8 Concluding remarks\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Rheokinetics (chemorheology) and rheokinetic liquids\u003cbr\u003e6.3.1. Formulation of problem\u003cbr\u003e6.3.2. Linear polymerization\u003cbr\u003e6.3.3 Oligomer curing\u003cbr\u003e6.3.3.1 Viscosity change and a gel-point\u003cbr\u003e6.3.3.2 Curing at high shear rates\u003cbr\u003e6.3.3.3 Curing after gel-point\u003cbr\u003e6.3.4 Intermolecular transformations\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Solution of dynamic problems\u003cbr\u003e6.4.1 General formulation\u003cbr\u003e6.4.2 Flow through tubes\u003cbr\u003e6.4.3 Flow in technological equipment\u003cbr\u003e6.4.3.1 Pumping screw\u003cbr\u003e6.4.3.2 Calendering and related processes\u003cbr\u003e6.4.3.3 Extension-based technologies\u003cbr\u003e6.4.3.4 Molding technologies\u003cbr\u003e6.4.3.5 Compression molding\u003cbr\u003e6.4.3.6 Injection molding\u003cbr\u003e6.4.3.7 Injection-compression molding\u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003eQuestions for Chapter 6\u003cbr\u003eNotations\u003cbr\u003eAnswers\u003cbr\u003eIndex\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nProf. Dr. Alexander Ya. Malkin, Principal Research Fellow, Institute of Petrochemical Synthesis, Russian Academy of Sciences, Moscow, Russia \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eProf. Dr. Avraam I. Isayev, Distinguished Professor, Institute of Polymer Engineering, The University of Akron, Akron, USA\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e"}